Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

GRADE FIVE SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 3 SUPER MIND SOCIAL STUDIES ACTIVITIES.

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

SUPER MIND SOCIAL STUDIES ACTIVITIES.

GRADE FIVE SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 3

School					Teacher’s Name			Term		Year
								Three
Wk	Lsn	Strand/The me	Sub strand	Specific learning outcomes		Key inquiry Questions	Learning experiences		Learning Resources	Assessment methods	Ref l
1	1	RESOURCES AND ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES	Transport in Kenya: *Road* *signs* in *Kenya*	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to a. Identify the road signs used in Kenya b. draw the road signs in Kenya appreciate role of modern forms of transport in development		How can we use our roads safely?	· Discuss in groups ,causes of road accidents in Kenya and share in class · Draw the road signs in Kenya and display in class.		Maps, Laptops, Resource person, Trip Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 120-121	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Project Work
									Super minds
									SST Grade 5 TG
									Pg. 120
	2		Transport in Kenya: *Ways of* *observing* *road safety in Kenya*	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to a. outline ways of reducing road accidents in Kenya b. discuss ways of observing road safety appreciate role of modern forms of transport in development		How can we use our roads safely?	· Find out ways of observing road safety in Kenya using digital resources/appropriate media and write a report. · Visit a nearby children’s traffic park to learn more about road safety		Maps, Laptops, Resource person, Trip Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 122-123 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Project Work
									Pg. 121
	3		Communicatio n in Kenya: *modern means* *of communication*	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to; a. identify modern means of communication in Kenya		How do we communicate to other people?	Learners to be guided to: · Identify, in groups modern means of communication such as mobile phones, internet, television, radio and newspapers		Maps, Laptops, Resource person, Trip Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 123-129	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work

				b. describe modern means of communication in Kenya c. appreciate the modern means of communication in Kenya		using appropriate media. · Describe in groups modern means of communication in Kenya using digital resources/ print media	Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 123-125	e) Checklist f) Portfolio.
2	1		Communicatio n in Kenya: *modern means* *of communication*	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to; a. identify modern means of communication in Kenya b. describe modern means of communication in Kenya c. appreciate the modern means of communication in Kenya	How do we communicate to other people?	Learners to be guided to: · Identify, in groups modern means of communication such as mobile phones,	Maps, Laptops, Resource person, Trip Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 123-129 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 123-125	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation
						internet, television, radio		d) Project
						and newspapers		Work
						using appropriate media. · Describe in groups modern means of		e) Checklist f) Portfolio.
						communication in Kenya
						using digital
						resources/ print media
	2		Communication n in Kenya:	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to; a. draw different modern means of communication in Kenya b. role play use of various modern means of communication c. appreciate the modern means of communication in Kenya		· Draw different modern means of communication	Maps, Laptops, Resource person, Trip Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 123-129 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 123-125	a) Oral Questions
			*modern* *means* *of communication*			and display in class · Role-play use of various modern means of communication · Find out from parents/ guardians the various means of communication		b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio.
						and share in class · Recite poems on modern means of communication
	3	POLITICAL SYSTEMS AND GOVERNAN CE	Leadership and Political Change: *Role of* *Traditional leaders in Kenya*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. Name some of the traditional leaders in Kenya b. state the roles of traditional leaders	Why are traditional leaders important in our community?	Learners are guided to: · Brainstorm, in groups on who is a traditional leader · Find out from parents/guardians the role of traditional leaders in the community and share	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 132-133	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work
					Why are traditional leaders important in our community?	in class

			c. appreciate the role of traditional leaders in the community		· Observe pictures of selected traditional leaders in Kenya using appropriate media (Kivoi wa Mwendwa and Mekatilili wa Menza)	Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 130	e) Checklist f) Portfolio
3	1	Leadership and Political Change: *Contributions* *of traditional* *leaders in* *Kenya*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to a. discuss the contributions of traditional leaders in Kenya b. Name some traditional leaders c. appreciate the role of traditional leaders in the community	Why are traditional leaders important in our community?	· Gather information in groups, and do a write up on the contributions of selected traditional leaders in Kenya · Present their findings in class · Illustrate the differences and similarities between the selected	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 134-136 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
					traditional leaders in	Pg. 130-131
					Kenya using charts and
					display in class
	2	Leadership and Political Change: *differences* *and* *similarities between Kivoi wa Mwendwa and Mekatilili wa Menza*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to a. illustrate the differences and similarities between the selected traditional leaders in Kenya b. Name some traditional leaders c. appreciate the role of traditional leaders in the community	Why are traditional leaders important in our community?	· Collect and creatively display portraits/ pictures of the selected traditional leaders in Kenya · Draw, colour and display in class pictures of selected traditional leaders · Share with parents/guardians the	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 136-137 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
					contributions of traditional	Pg. 131
					leaders in Kenya
	3	Early forms of	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. describe early forms of government among selected communities in Kenya	How was your	Learners are guided to: · Brainstorm in pairs on forms of leadership in their community and share in class · Use appropriate media to describe early forms of	Photos,	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work
		Government- *Early form of*		community ruled in the		television, resource person
		*government* *among the*		past?		Super Minds
		*Maasai*				SST Grade 5
						Learners Bk. Pg.
						138-139

			b. state the source of early forms of government among the Maasai and Ameru c. appreciate the importance of early forms of governance in our country		government among the Maasai and Ameru · Find out from the library or relevant sources the early forms of government among the Maasai and Ameru · Present their findings in class	Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 136	e) Checklist f) Portfolio
4	1	Early forms of Government – *Early form of* *government among the Ameru*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. describe early forms of government among selected communities in Kenya b. state the source of early forms of government among the Maasai and Ameru c. appreciate the importance of early forms of governance in our country	How was your community ruled in the past?	Learners are guided to: · Brainstorm in pairs on forms of leadership in their community and share in class · Use appropriate media to describe early forms of government among the Maasai and Ameru · Find out from the library or relevant sources the early forms of government among the Maasai and Ameru · Present their findings in class	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 140-141 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 136	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
	2	Similarities and	By the end of the sub strand, the	How was your	· Develop a chart to illustrate the differences and similarities in early forms of government among the Maasai and the Ameru · Create a simple journal on what they have learnt about early forms of government among the Maasai and the Ameru · Role play early forms of government among the Maasai or the Ameru	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 142-144 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 136-137	a) Oral
		differences in	learner should be able to;	community			Questions
		early forms of Government between the Maasai and Ameru	a. illustrate the differences and similarities in early forms of government between the Maasai and Ameru b. role play early forms of	ruled in the past?			b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work
			government among the Maasai				e) Checklist
			and Ameru c. appreciate the importance of early forms of governance in				f) Portfolio
			our country

	3	Citizenship in	By the end of the sub strand, the	Who is a	Learners are guided to;- · Find out ways of becoming a Kenyan citizen using digital resources · Brainstorm in groups, ways of becoming a Kenyan citizen and share in class. · Discuss in pairs, the requirements for dual citizenship in Kenya and share in class.	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 145-150 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 141-143	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
		Kenya: Good	learner should be able to:	Kenyan
		citizenship- *ways of* *becoming* a	a. state how one becomes a Kenyan citizen	Citizen?
		*Kenya Citizen*	b. explain ways in which one may lose Kenyan
			citizenship
			c. citizenship in our country d. demonstrate good citizenship in Kenya
5	1	Citizenship in Kenya: *Good* *citizenship*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to: a. discuss the requirements for dual citizenship in Kenya b. develop communication messages on good citizenship in our country c. demonstrate good citizenship in Kenya	Who is a Kenyan Citizen?	· Discuss in groups, ways in which one may lose Kenyan citizenship and present in class. · Write an essay on what may happen if one lost Kenyan citizenship · Create and recite poems on Kenyan citizenship. · Sing songs on good Kenyan Citizenship · Develop communication messages on good	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 151-153 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 142-143	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
					citizenship and share with
					others in school
	2	Symbols of Nationals Unity- *National* *symbols in* *Kenya*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. identify national symbols in Kenya b. draw and colour the national symbols using locally available materials c. desire to promote national unity in the country	How can we promote National unity in our country?	Learner are guided to;- · Think pair and share national symbols in Kenya. (The Coat of arms. The national flag	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 153-157 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 147-148	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation
					,the national anthem and		d) Project
					the Public Seal) · Use appropriate media to identify the national		Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
					symbols in Kenya and
					share with others in

					class. · Draw and colour the national symbols in Kenya using the locally available materials. (The Coat of arms. The national flag and the Public Seal)
	3	Factors that promote	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. discuss factors which promote national unity in the country b. sing and write the three stanzas of the National anthem c. desire to promote national unity in the country	How can we promote	· Sing and write down in groups, the three	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 157-159 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 148	a) Oral Questions
		National Unity		National unity	stanzas of the National		b) Teacher
				in our country?	anthem of Kenya · Brainstorm in groups factors which promote national unity in Kenya (National Symbols, National Days and		made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
					National languages) · Use appropriate media to establish factors
					which promote national
					unity in Kenya
6	1	Factors that promote National Unity	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. discuss factors which promote national unity in the country b. sing and write the three stanzas of the National anthem c. desire to promote national unity in the country	How can we promote National unity	· Find out from parents/ guardians or elders about the National days in	Photos, television, resource person	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher
				in our country?	Kenya · Write a report and share in class about national days in Kenya · Share experiences on national days in Kenya · Sing songs on national unity · Participate in celebration of national days in	Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 157-159 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 148	made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
					Kenya
	2	The Basic Human rights in Kenya	By the end of the sub-strand, the learner should be able to; a. Identify the basic human rights in Kenya	Why is it important to respect human rights?	Learners are guided to: · Brainstorm in groups on the meaning of Human Rights and share	Photos, television, resource person	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests

				b. explain the importance of human rights in society c. desire to promote respect for human rights in society		in class · Identify the basic human rights in Kenya using appropriate media and share in class · Discuss in groups the importance of human rights in society and do class presentations.	Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 160-163 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 152-153	c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
	3		Importance of Human rights in society	By the end of the sub-strand, the learner should be able to; a. explain the importance of human rights in society b. create awareness on the importance of respecting human rights in society c. desire to promote respect for human rights in society	Why is it important to respect human rights?	· Engage with a resource person on the importance of human rights and write a report · Recite poems and sing songs on importance of human rights in society. · Develop posters to create awareness on the importance of respecting human rights in society	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 163-165 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 153	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
7	1	Governance in Kenya	Democracy in society: *Types* *of Democracy* *Kenya*	By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to; a. identify types of democracy in Kenya b. define the term democracy c. desire to promote democracy in society	How can we practice democracy in our society?	Learners are guided to: · Brainstorm, in pairs to understand the meaning of democracy. · Find out types of democracy in Kenya using appropriate media and write short notes (Direct and in direct Democracy)	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 166-168 Super minds	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
							SST Grade 5 TG
							Pg. 156-157
	2		Benefits of Democracy	By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to; a. discuss benefits of democracy in society b. develop posters on benefits of democracy in society c. desire to promote democracy in society	How can we practice democracy in our society?	· Discuss in groups and list the benefits of democracy in society · Engage with a resource person on the benefits of democracy in society · Find out more about benefits of democracy in society using digital	Photos, television, resource person Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 168-171	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio

					resources/appropriate media · Recite poems /sing songs on the importance of democracy in society · Participate in democratic processes in society	Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 157-158
	3	Electoral Process In Kenya – *importance of voting in Kenya*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. explain the importance of voting in Kenya b. define the term voting c. desire to participate in free and fair elections	Why should we vote?	Learners are guided to: · Think pair and share on the meaning of voting · Brainstorm in pairs, the importance of voting and share in class. · Use digital resources to identify elective political positions in	Photos, television, resource person, posters Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 171-172	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
					Kenya · Engage with a resource person on the voting	Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 161
					steps in Kenya and write a
					report
8	1	Electoral Process In Kenya- *Elective* *political Positions in Kenya*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. explain the importance of voting in Kenya b. identify the elective political positions in Kenya c. desire to participate in free and fair elections	Why should we vote?	Learners are guided to: · Think pair and share on the meaning of voting · Brainstorm in pairs, the importance of voting and share in class. · Use digital resources to identify elective political positions in	Photos, television, resource person, posters Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 173-174	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
					Kenya · Engage with a resource person on the voting	Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 161-162
					steps in Kenya and write a
					report
	2	Electoral Process In Kenya- *Elective* *political Positions in* *Kenya*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. explain the importance of voting in Kenya	Why should we vote?	Learners are guided to: · Think pair and share on the meaning of voting · Brainstorm in pairs, the importance of voting	Photos, television, resource person, posters	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation

			b. identify the elective political positions in Kenya c. desire to participate in free and fair elections		and share in class. · Use digital resources to identify elective political positions in Kenya · Engage with a resource person on the voting steps in Kenya and write a report	Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 173-174 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 161-162	d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
	3	Electoral Process In Kenya- *voting* *steps in Kenya*	By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to; a. illustrate the steps of voting in the country b. identify the elective political positions in Kenya c. desire to participate in free and fair elections	Why should we vote?	· Discuss in groups the voting steps in Kenya · Develop a poster on voting steps in Kenya and display in school · Role play the voting process in Kenya/elected leaders in Kenya · Share with members of the community the	Photos, television, resource person, posters Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 174-176 Super minds	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
					voting steps in Kenya · Share experiences in class on the elections in	SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 162
					Kenya
9	1	The National Government In Kenya: *arms of* *National government*	By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to; a. discuss in brief the three arms of national government b. Identify the three arms of Government c. Appreciate the importance of Government	What is the work of Government in our country?	Learners are guided to: · Brain storm in groups the three arms of National Government in Kenya and share in class (The Executive, The Legislature and The Judiciary) · Identify the three arms of government using appropriate media and list them down. · Brainstorm in pairs the composition of the National Government in Kenya and share in class	Photos, television, resource person, posters Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 176-178 Super minds SST Grade 5 TG Pg. 166	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio

	2	The National Government In Kenya: *composition of* *the* *three* *arms*	By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to; a. Describe the composition of the three arms of National Government in Kenya b. Identify the three arms of Government c. Appreciate the importance of Government	What is the work of Government in our country?	Learners are guided to: · Brain storm in groups the three arms of National Government in Kenya and share in class (The Executive, The Legislature and The Judiciary) · Identify the three arms of government using appropriate media and list them down. · Brainstorm in pairs the composition of the National Government in Kenya and share in class	Photos, television, resource person, posters	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
		of *National*				Super Minds
		*government*				SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg.
						178-180
						Super minds
						SST Grade 5 TG
						Pg. 167
	3	The National Government In Kenya: *functions of the* *three* *arms of*	By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to; a. illustrate the composition of the three arms of National Government in Kenya b. explain the functions of the three arms of National Government in Kenya c. Appreciate the importance of Government	What is the work of Government in our country?	· Find out in groups, the composition of the three arms of government in Kenya using relevant sources · Illustrate and display in class the composition of the three arms of National Government in Kenya · Discuss, in groups functions of the three arms of National Government in Kenya	Photos, television, resource person, posters	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio
		*national*				Super Minds
		*Government*				SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg.
						180-181
						Super minds
						SST Grade 5 TG
						Pg. 167-168
10	1	The National Government In Kenya: *Participating in* *national governance*	By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to; a. Mention ways of participating in national governance b. explain the functions of the three arms of National Government in Kenya	What is the work of Government in our country?	· Engage with a resource person on the functions of the three arms of National Government · Respond to a worksheet on the functions of the three arms of National	Photos, television, resource person, posters Super Minds SST Grade 5 Learners Bk. Pg. 182-184	a) Oral Questions b) Teacher made tests c) Observation d) Project Work e) Checklist f) Portfolio

				c. desire to participate in national governance in the country		Government and share experiences.	Super minds SST Grade 5 TG PG 100-109
	2-3	ASSESMENT

Teachers' Resources

Aldai Technical Training Institute Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

Aldai Technical Training Institute Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION STATE DEPARTMENT OF VOCATIONAL AND TECHNICAL TRAINING ALDAI TECHNICAL TRAINING INSTITUTE P.OBOX149-30305-KOBUJOI, TEL:0700746828/0113216327 WEB:www.aldaitti.ac.keEmail:*aldaitti@gmail.com* INTAKE PERIODS: JANUARY,MAY AND SEPTEMBER
BUILDING & CIVIL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
COURSE NAME	DURATION	MIN. ENTRY GRADE QUALIFICATIONS	INTAKE PERIOD	EXAM BODY
Dip. in Land Survey	3Years	C- (MINUS)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Dip. in Building Technology	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Dip. in Civil Engineering	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Road Construction	2Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Land Survey	2Years	D (PLAIN)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Building Technology	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Plumbing	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Plumbing	1Year	D- , E, KCPE	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Masonry	1Year	D- , E, KCPE	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Carpentry and Joinery	1Year	D- , E, KCPE	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Welding (Electric, Gas) Grade III	1 Year	D-, E, KCPE	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
Plumbing Level 3	6 Months	D- , E, KCPE	MAY, SEPT	TVET-CDACC
Masonry Level 3	6 Months	D- , E, KCPE	MAY, SEPT	TVET-CDACC
Floor Tiling Grade III	1 Year	D-, E, KCPE	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
Plumbing & Pipe Fitting Grade III	1 Year	D-, E, KCPE	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
AGRICULTURE AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT
Dip. in General Agriculture	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Craft in General Agriculture	2Years	D (PLAIN)	JAN ,MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in General Agriculture	1Year	D- ,E ,KCPE	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
Dip. in Electrical and Electronics Engineering (Power Option)	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Dip. in Electrical and Electronics Engineering (Instrumentation)	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Electrical & Electronics Engineering (Power Option)	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Electrical Installation	1Year	D-, E, KCPE	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Electrical Wireman Grade III	1 Year	D-, E or KCPE	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
Solar PV Grade III	1 Year	D-, E or KCPE	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
Electrical Installation Level 3	6Months	D- , E, KCPE	MAY, SEPT	TVET-CDACC
INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT
Dip. in Information Communication Technology	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Dip. In Library and Information Science	2Years	C- (MINUS)	JAN,MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Information Technology	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in information Science	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
ICT Technician Level 5	1Year	D (PLAIN)	MAY, SEPT	TVET-CDACC
Computer Packages	1 Month	K.C.S.E	OPEN	ATTI
Advanced Computer Packages	2 Months	Computer Proficiency	OPEN	ATTI
BUSINESS STUDIES DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Accounting	2 Years	C- (MINUS)	JAN, MAY ,SEPT	KNEC
Diploma in Human Resource Management	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Diploma in Supply Chain Management	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Diploma In Business Management	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Diploma In Cooperative Management	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Diploma in Secretarial Studies	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Secretarial Studies Single & Group (Stage I,II,III)	2 Years	D (PLAIN)	JAN, MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Diploma in Sales &Marketing	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Supply Chain Management	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Business Management	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Sales &Marketing	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Secretarial Studies	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Human Resource Management	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Cooperative Management	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Storekeeping	1Year	D- , E, KCPE	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Accounting and Managements kills(CAMS)	6 Months	D+ (PLUS)	JAN,MAY,SEPT	KASNEB
Accounting Technician Diploma(ATD) Level I & II	6 Months	C- (MINUS)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KASNEB
Certified Public Accountant(CPA) I, II, III	6 Months	C+ (PLUS)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KASNEB
LIBERAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Social Work and Community Development	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	MAY, SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Social Work and Community Development	2 Years	D (PLAIN)	MAY,SEPT	KNEC
HOSPITALITY & INSTITUTIONAL MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT
Diploma In Food and Beverage (Production, Sales & service)	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in food and beverage (Production, Sales & service)	2 Modules	D (PLAIN)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Artisan food and beverage (Production and service)	1 Year	D- (MINUS)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy Level I & II	1 Year	D-, E or KCPE	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
FEE SCHEDULE TERM I TERM II TOTAL GOVERNMENT Ksh.15,850 Ksh.10,570 Ksh.26,420 Ksh.30,000 ACCOUNTNUMBER :1169120555 KENYA COMMERCIAL BANK-KAPSABET BRANCH NOTE: WE ARE A PUBLIC TVET INSTITUTION AND ALL OUR TRAINEES BENEFIT FROM HELB TVET LOANS. TRAINEES MUST APPLY FOR KUCCPS PLACEMENT IN ORDER TO GET GOVERNMENT CAPITATION (Ksh.30, 000.)		Download admission form from our website www.aldaitti.ac.ke, fill and Attach relevant copies of KCSE Certificate/Results slip school leaving certificate, Birth Certificate and National identity card. Filled Admission Form should be submitted on reporting date. Alternatively apply for admission on our website www.aldaitti.ac.ke

BUILDING AND CIVIL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
COURSE NAME	DURATION	ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS	INTAKE PERIOD	EXAM BODY
Dip.in Land Survey	3Years	C- (MINUS)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Dip.in Building Technology	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Dip.in Civil Engineering	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Diploma in Quantity Surveying	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Diploma in Water Technology	3 modules	C-(MINUS)	SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Road Construction	2Modules	D Plain	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Land Survey	2Years	D Plain	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Building Technology	2Modules	D Plain	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Plumbing	2 Modules	D Plain	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Plumbing	1Year	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Masonry	1Year	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Carpentry and Joinery	1Year	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Welding (Electric, Gas) Grade III	1 Year	D- & below	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
Plumbing Level 3	6Months	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	TVET-CDACC
Masonry Level 3	6Months	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	TVET-CDACC
Floor Tiling Grade III	1 Year	D- & below	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
Plumbing & Pipe Fitting Grade III	1 Year	D- & below	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
Craft in Welding & fabrication	2 MODULES	D(PLAIN)	SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Welding & fabrication	1YEAR	D- & below	SEPT	KNEC/NITA
AGRICULTURE AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT
Dip.in General Agriculture	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Craft in General Agriculture	2Years	D Plain	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in General Agriculture	1Year	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	KNEC

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
Dip.in Electrical and Electronics Engi- neering (Power Option)	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Dip.in Electrical and Electronics (Engineering (Instrumentation	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Electrical &Electronics (Engineering (Power Option)	2Modules	D Plain	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Electrical Installation	1Year	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Electrical Wireman Grade III	1 Year	D- & below	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
Solar PV Grade III	1 Year	D- & below	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
Electrical Installation Level 3	6Months	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	NITA /TVET-CDACC
COMPUTING AND INFORMATICS DEPARTMENT
Dip.in Information Communication Technology	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Dip.in Library and Information Science	3 Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN,MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Information Technology	2 Modules	D Plain	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in information Science	2 Modules	D Plain	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
ICT Technician Level 5	1Year	D (PLAIN)	JAN, SEPT	NITA /TVETCDACC
Artisan in ICT Technician	1Year	D (PLAIN)	SEPT	NITA
Advanced Computer Packages	2 Months	Comp.Proficiency	OPEN	ATTI

BUSINESS STUDIES AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEPARTMENT
Dip.in Accounting	2 Years	C- (MINUS)	JAN, MAY ,SEPT	KNEC
Dip.in Human Resource Management	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Dip.in Supply Chain Management	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Supply Chain Management	2Modules	D (PLAIN)	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Secretarial Studies	2Modules	D (PLAIN)	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Human Resource Management	2Modules	D (PLAIN)	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
Artisan in Storekeeping	1Year	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Certified Accounting and Management skills	6 Months	D+(PLUS)	JAN,MAY,SEPT	KASNEB
Accounting Technician Diploma (ATD) Level I & II	6 Months	C- (MINUS)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KASNEB
Certified Public Accountant( CPA) I, II, III	6 Months	C+(PLUS)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KASNEB
Secretarial Studies Single & Group	Stage I, II & III	D (PLAIN)	JAN,MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Storekeeping single & Group	1Year	D- & below	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
LIBERAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT
Dip.in Social Work and Community Development	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN, SEPT	KNEC
Craft in Social Work and Community Development	2Modules	D (PLAIN)	JAN,SEPT	KNEC
HOSPITALITY AND INSTITUTIONAL MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT
Dip. In Food and Beverage (Production, Sales& service)	3Modules	C- (MINUS)	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Craft in food and beverage (Production, Sales& service)	2Modules	D(PLAIN)	SEPT	KNEC
Artisan food and beverage (Production and service)	1 Year	D- & below	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC/ NITA
Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy Level I , II & III	1 Year	D- & below	JAN, MAY,SEPT	KNEC
Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy Level I , II & III	6 Months	D- & below	JAN, MAY,SEPT	NITA
NEW COURSES 2024
Craft in automotive engineering	2 YEARS	D(PLAIN)		KNEC
Artisan in Automotive engineering	1 YEAR	D- & below		TVET CDACC
Artisan in Automotive engineering	1 YEAR	D- & below		KNEC
Artisan Motor Vehicle Mechanic	1 year	D- & below		KNEC
Diploma in Entrepreneurial Agriculture	3 Modules	C-(MINUS)		KNEC
Diploma in Architecture	3 Module	C- (MINUS)		KNEC
Diploma in Archives & records management	3 Module	C- (MINUS)		KNEC
Craft in Archives & records management	3 Module	D(MINUS)		KNEC
Diploma in Tour guiding & travel	3 Module	C- (MINUS)		KNEC
Craft in Tour guiding & travel	3 Module	D(MINUS)		KNEC
Artisan in front office operation	1 YEAR	D- & below		NITA
Diploma child care & protection	3 Module	C- (MINUS)		KNEC
Craft child care & protection	3 Module	D(MINUS)		KNEC
Craft in Science Lab technician	2 years	D (PLAIN)		KNEC

Teachers' Resources

Agriculture KCSE Mock Exams and Answers {Latest Best Collections}

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

NAME:………………………………………….. INDEX NO…………………………
SCHOOL:……………………………………… CANDIDATE’S SIGN ……………..

DATE ………………………………

443/1

AGRICULTURE

Paper 1

Time: 2 Hours

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E)

443/1

AGRICULTURE

Paper 1

2023
Time: 2 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

Write your name and index number in the spaces provided above
Sign and write the date of examination in the spaces provided above.
This paper consists of three sections: A, B and C
Answer all the questions in section A and B and any two questions from section C
Answers should be written in the spaces provided.

For Examiner’s Use Only

Section	Question	Maximum Score	Candidate’s Score
A	1 – 16	30
B	17-20	20
C	21-23	20
		20
	Total Score	90

SECTION A (30 MARKS)

(Answer all the questions from this section)

State two causes of hard pan in the farm. (1 mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

State four information contained in a delivery note. (2 marks)

Give four advantages of using certified seeds in crop production. (2 marks)

Give fourdisadvantages of minimum tillage. (2 marks)

State four conditions under which shifting cultivation is practiced. (2 marks)

Give four importance of sub-soiling. (2 marks)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

State three conditions under which opportunity cost is zero. (1¹/₂ marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

State four methods of harvesting water on the farm. (2 marks)

Name three basis on which the classification of fertilizers is done. (1¹/₂ narks)

Outline four advantages of land reforms in Kenya. (2 marks)

State two causes of forking in carrots. (1 mark)

(a). State three types of capital. (1¹/₂marks)

(b). Apart from capital, state other three factors of production. (1¹/₂ marks)

State four reasons for conserving forage. (2 marks)

State four factors that affect the efficiency of herbicides. (2 marks)

Give four scientific aspects of agriculture. (2 marks)

Name four methods of harvesting trees in agroforestry. (2 marks)

SECTION B (20 MARKS)

(Answer all the questions from this section)

Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.
a) Name the method of irrigation illustrated above. (1 mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………………

b) State two advantages of this method of irrigation. (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

c) Give four factors which determine the choice of type of irrigation to use. (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

The diagram below shows a common weed in the farm. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Identify the weed shown above. (1 mark)

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

State one harmful effect of the weed to cereals. (1 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Give three ways that can be used to control the weed. (3 marks)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

The diagram below showsirish tubers after being subjected to some conditions before transplanting. Study them carefully and answer the questions that follow.

(a). Name the process of potato treatment illustrated above. (1 mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b). State two conditions necessary for the above process. (2 marks)

(c). Give two reasons for carrying out the above practice. (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Students were to apply a compound fertilizer 5:20:10 on their agriculture plot measuring 3 m by 4 m, at the rate of 200kg per hectare.

(a). Calculate the amount of fertilizer they would require for each plot. (Show your working). (2 marks)

(b). What do figures 20 and 10 in the fertilizer stand for? (2 marks)

SECTION C (40 MARKS)

(Answer any two questions from this section)

(a) Describe ways in which cultural measures control crop diseases (8mks)

(b) Describe seven nursery practices carried out while seedlings are still growing.

(7marks)

(c)State the qualities of a good farm manager. (5marks)

a) Describe the field production of bulb onions under the following sub headings.
Ecological requirements. (4marks)

Planting. (3marks)

Harvesting. (3marks)

(b). Discuss six reasons for pruning in coffee. (6 marks)

(c). Highlight four characteristics of plants used as green manure. (4 marks)

(a). Briefly explain six factors influencing mass wasting. (6 marks)

(b). Describe the procedure of harvesting sugar cane. (6 marks)

(c). Describe four ways in which soil depth influences crop production. (8 marks)

NAME:………………………………………….. INDEX NO…………………………
SCHOOL:……………………………………… CANDIDATE’S SIGN ……………..

DATE ………………………………

443/2

AGRICULTURE

Paper 2
Time: 2 Hours

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E)

443/2

AGRICULTURE

Paper 2

2023
Time: 2 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

Write your name and index number in the spaces provided above
Sign and write the date of examination in the spaces provided above.
This paper consists of three sections: A, B and C
Answer all the questions in section A and B and any two questions from section C
Answers should be written in the spaces provided.

For Examiner’s Use Only

Section	Question	Maximum Score	Candidate’s Score
A	1 – 20	30
B	21-24	20
C	25-27	20
		20
	Total Score	90

SECTION A (30 MARKS)

(Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided)

Name two kinds of livestock which can be castrated using a rubber ring. (1mark)

Define the term “breach of birth” as used in livestock production. (1 mark)

a) Name the camel breed that is adapted to cooler regions and has a wooly body covering. ( mark)

…….………………………………………………………………………………………..

b) Give three ways used to improve production in indigenous cattle. ( mark)

Give four methods of administering vaccines to livestock. (2marks)

State two uses of bedding materials in a poultry house in deep litter system. (1mark)

Give any twopairs of livestock tools which are always used together. (1mark)

List two types of feed additives. (1 mark)

State three factors that may lead to dip wash being exhausted or weakened while in the dip tank. ( marks)

State four practices which are carried out to control mastitis in lactating cows.

(2marks)

Givetwo signs of heat in rabbits. (1 mark)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

State four maintenance practices carried out on the water-cooling system of a tractor

(2marks)

State four observations on the behavior of chicks which would indicate that the temperature in the brooder is too high. (2marks)

Highlights four desirable characteristics that should be considered when selecting a heifer for milk production. (2marks)

Give four functions of calcium in dairy cows. (2marks)

Name two notifiable diseases in cattle. (1mark)

State any two channels through which beef is marketed in Kenya. (1mark)

State four factors that may influence the pulse rate of a sheep. (2marks)

List three properties of concrete that make it suitable for constructing farm building.

(1 mark)

Give four reasons why breeding boar may be culled. (2 marks)

Give two functions of a footbath in a plunge cattle dip. (1mark)

SECTION B (20 MARKS)

(Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided)

The diagram below represents an implement.

(i) Identify the implement. (1 mark)

…………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii)Name the parts labelled U and V and give one function of each. (2 marks)

U………………………………………………………………………………………

V………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii)State two ways of adjusting the depth of ploughingwhen using the implement. (2 marks)

Study the diagram of an egg below and answer the questions that follow.

Name the parts labeled O, and P (2 marks)

O …………………………………………………………………………………

P ……………………………………………………………………………………

State the functions of the parts M and L. (2 marks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

iii) Why should the egg be turned during incubation. (1mark)

Below is an illustration of a farm structure.

a)Identify the structure above. (1mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………

b)State Six livestock routine practices which may be carried out in the structure above (3marks)

c)Give Two maintenance practices which should be carried out in the structureabove. (1mark)

The diagram below shows the farm equipment. Study it carefully and use it to answer the questions that follow.

(a) Name the parts labeled A, B and C (3 marks)

A………………………………………………………………………………………

B………………………………………………………………………………………

C………………………………………………………………………………………

(b) State the use of the equipment shown above. (1 mark) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(c) Give one maintenance practice carried out on the equipment. (1 mark) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

SECTION C

(Answer any two questions in this section on the spaces provided)

a) Describe the live cycle of a named tapeworm (Taeniaspp). (10marks)

b) Describe the management practices that would ensure maximum yield of fish in a fish pond. (5marks)

c) Explain five functions of water in nutrition. (5marks)

(a) Discuss the management of layers from one day old to the start of laying in a deep litter system. (l0 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b) State anyfive advantages of using animal power in the farm. (5 marks)

Discuss mastitis disease under the following subheading:

(i) Causal organism (1 mark)

(ii) Predisposing factors (4 marks)

(iii) Symptoms (4 marks)

(iv) Control and treatment (3 marks)

b) Explain eight factors that affect milk composition in dairy farming. (8 marks)

NAME:………………………………………….. INDEX NO…………………………
SCHOOL:……………………………………… CANDIDATE’S SIGN ……………..

DATE ………………………………

443/1

AGRICULTURE MARKING SCHEME

Paper 1
Time: 2 Hours

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E)

443/1

AGRICULTURE

Paper 1

2023
Time: 2 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

Write your name and index number in the spaces provided above
Sign and write the date of examination in the spaces provided above.
This paper consists of three sections: A, B and C
Answer all the questions in section A and B and any two questions from section C
Answers should be written in the spaces provided.

For Examiner’s Use Only

Section	Question	Maximum Score	Candidate’s Score
A	1 – 16	30
B	17-20	20
C	21-23	20
		20
	Total Score	90

SECTION A (30 MARKS)

State two causes of hard pan in the farm. (1 mark)

Continuous ploughing at the same depth.
Plough using heavy machinery on wet soil.

State four information contained in a delivery note. (2 marks)

The date of delivery
The quantity and type of goods delivered.
The method of delivery
The person receiving the goods
Condition in which the goods are received
Delivery note serial number.

Give four advantages of using certified seeds in crop production. (2 marks)

Have high germination potential.
Free from pests and diseases.
Give high yields.
Are able to adapt to certain ecological conditions.

Give four disadvantages of minimum tillage. (2 marks)

Leads to build-up of soil-borne pests and diseases.
Leads to build-up of rhizomatous weeds.
Causes poor soil aeration.
Leads to poor water drainage.

State four conditions under which shifting cultivation is practiced. (2 marks)

Where land is abundant.
Where the population is sparse.
Where land is communally owned.
Where the number of livestock per unit area is low.

Give four importance of sub-soiling. (2 marks)

Better plant root penetration into the soil.
Brings leached nutrients near crop roots.
Improves water infiltration into the soil.
Allows efficient gaseous exchange hence improves microbial activities.

State three conditions under which opportunity cost is zero. (1¹/₂ marks)

When there is no alternative choice.
When goods are unlimited in supply.
When a factor of production is freely offered.

State four methods of harvesting water on the farm. (2 marks)

Use of weirs and dams.
Use of ponds.
Rock catchment.
Roof catchment.
Use of retention ditches or level terraces.

Name three basis on which the classification of fertilizers is done. (1¹/₂ narks)

Effect on the soil.
Mode of application.
Time of application.
Nutrient composition.

Outline four advantages of land reforms in Kenya. (2 marks)

To encourage land improvement and conservation measures.
To increase labour and land productivity by putting idle land into use.
To promote commercial farming.
To encourage investment in agriculture.
To enable agriculture meet changing market demands.
To enhance efficient utilization of land and hence increase agricultural output.
To settle landless people.

State two causes of forking in carrots. (1 mark)

Excessive use of organic manure.
Presence of an obstacle.

(a). State three types of capital. (1¹/₂marks)

Liguid capital.
Working capital.
Fixed/ durable capital.

(b). Apart from capital, state other three factors of production. (1¹/₂ marks)

State four reasons for conserving forage. (2 marks)

To avoid wastage in times of plenty.
To ensure enough supply of forage throughout the year.
To earn income from selling excess forage.
To ensure good utilization of land.

State four factors that affect the efficiency of herbicides. (2 marks)

Stage of growth of crops.
Plant morphology and anatomy.
Mode of action ie contact or translocated.
The concentration of the herbicide.
Method of application.
Environmental factors like rain and soil.

Give four scientific aspects of agriculture. (2 marks)

Crop pathology.
Agricultural engineering.
Soil science.
Genetics as applied in plant and animal breeding.

Name four methods of harvesting trees in agroforestry. (2 marks)

SECTION B

Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.
a) Name the method of irrigation illustrated above. (1 mark)

Sprinkler irrigation.

b) State two advantages of this method of irrigation. (2 marks)

It is easy to control the amount of water used.
Can be used on any topography.
Water is evenly distributed over the required area.
Less water wastage than in furrow irrigation.
The system can easily be moved from one place to another.
Foliar fertilizers can be applied together with irrigation water.

c) Give four factors which determine the choice of type of irrigation to use. (2 marks)

Capital availability.
Topography of the land.
Water availability.
Type of soil.
Type of crop to be irrigated.

The diagram below shows a common weed in the farm. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

Identify the weed shown above. (1 mark)

Striga / Witch weed/ Strigahermontheca

State one harmful effect of the weed to cereals. (2 marks)

It is parasitic

Give three ways that can be used to control the weed. (3 marks)

Rotating with non-cereal crops.
Using appropriate herbicides.
Trap cropping.

The diagram below shows irish tubers after being subjected to some conditions before transplanting. Study them carefully and answer the questions that follow.

(a). Name the process of potato treatment illustrated above. (1 mark)

Chitting/ sprouting.

(b). State two conditions necessary for the above process. (2 marks)

Humidity/ moist environment.
Diffuse light.

(c). Give two reasons for carrying out the above practice.

To ensure uniform growth after selection.
To ensure that growth commences immediately after planting.

Students were to apply a compound fertilizer 5:20:10 on their agriculture plot measuring 3 m by 4 m, at the rate of 200kg per hectare.

(a). Calculate the amount of fertilizer they would require for each plot. (Show your working). (2 marks)

1 ha (10,000m²) requires 200kg of fertilizer

Therefore, (3 * 4) m² would require = 12m² * 200

10,000m²

= 0.24kg / 240g

(b). What do figures 20 and 10 in the fertilizer stand for? (2 marks)

20- ration of phosphorous pentoxide (P₂O₅)
10- Ratio of potassium oxide (K₂O)

Traverse method.
Zigzag method.

SECTION C

a) Describe ways in which cultural measures control crop diseases. (8mks)

Use of healthy planting materials/ certified seeds during planting to prevent introduction or spread of crop diseases.
Practicing field hygiene / burning crop residue / rogueing/ clean weeding/ destroys (kills) disease causing micro-organisms/ destroys pests that transmit diseases.
Proper seedbed preparation/ clean seedbed for the control of armillaria root rot in tea and coffee.
Proper spacing to control damping off in cabbage seedlings in the nursery or rosette disease in groundnuts or blight
Heat treatment for the control of ratoon stunting disease in sugarcane.
Proper drying of cereals and pulses before storage to control Aflatoxin
Planting disease resistant varieties egRuiru 11, for the crop to be able to resist attack by coffee Berry disease.
Crop rotation – starves the disease-causing organisms to death
Proper crop nutrition – makes the crop strong and able to resist attack by disease
Close season – This is the period when a susceptible crop is not grown in order to control a certain disease.
Timely planting/ early planting – enables the crop to escape attack by the disease eg blight in tomatoes and irish potatoes.
Pruning/ open pruning / staking/ altering of environmental conditions / irrigation;
irrigation during dry season controls blossom end in tomatoes, staking and pruning reduce blight in tomatoes (Stating ½ mk explaining ½ mk x 8 = 8mks)

(b) Describe seven nursery practices carried out while seedlings are still growing. (7marks)

watering- water the nursery bed regularly preferably in the morning and evening.
Mulching- apply a light mulch after nursery establishment
Weed control- weeds to be removed through uprooting.
Pricking out- remove overcrowded seedlings and plant in a seedling bed.
shading- a light shed to be erected over the nursery bed to minimize water loss.
Pest and disease control- are controlled through sterilizing the soil using appropriate chemicals
Hardening off- gradually reduce shade and frequency of watering to prepare seedlingsto the ecological conditions in the seed bed.

(c)State the qualities of a good farm manager. (5mks)

Has knowledge about specific agricultural principles, marketing and accounting
Hardworking and time conscious
Has practical farming skills
Flexible in decision making
Should be responsible/ dynamic /prudent/ competent / ambitious

a) Describe the field production of bulb onions under the following sub headings.
Ecological requirements. (4marks)

Temperature-Hot or warm climates though some varieties prefer cool conditions.
Rainfall-1000mm and above/annum.Irrigation is necessary in dry areas.A long dry period is needed for ripening.
Altitude-2100m
Soils-Require sandy loam and alluvial soils which should be fertile and well drained.
pH-6-7.

Planting. (3mks)

For direct sowing 250kg DSP /ha should be applied during planting .
Plant at a spacing of 30x10cm or 30×7.5cm.
In indirect planting seedlings are transplanted at 8cm apart within the rows
Make shallow drills/holes, place seeds and then cover the seeds with little soil.
Deep planting of seedlings inhibits bulb expansion.

Harvesting. (3mks)
When the leaves start drying the tops are bent or broken to hasten withering of the stem
Bulbs are then dug up and left to dry in a shade for a few days.
They are stored in slatted boxes.

(b). Discuss six reasons for pruning in coffee. (6 marks)

To control cropping
To train the plant to have the required shape.
To remove the diseased and unwanted parts of a plant.
To facilitate picking.
To ease the penetration of sprays into the bush of a plant.
To control pests and diseases such as Antestia bug and coffee berry disease.

(c). Highlight four characteristics of plants used as green manure. (4 marks)

Are highly vegetative/ leafy.
Have a fast growth rate.
Have high nitrogen content (leguminous).
Capable of rotting quickly.
Capable of growing in poor conditions.

(a). Briefly explain six factors influencing mass wasting. (6 marks)

The slope of the land-Steep slopes leads to faster movement of materials.
The nature of material-Mass wasting occurs easily where massive rocks overlie sedimentary rocks which have clay material underneath and also if the material contains a lot of water.
Climate-Heavy rainy periods encourage wasting
Vegetation cover-It is easy and faster in bare ground than where it is covered with vegetation.
Human activities-eg deforestation, building, quarrying etc interferes with the stability of surface layers.
Forces within the earth’s crust eg earth tremors and some volcanic eruptions

(b). Describe the procedure of harvesting sugar cane. (6 marks)

Take the sample to the factory first for quality testing.
Cut the stem of the cane at ground level using a panga to avoid the loss of the yield and to ensure establishment of the ratoon crop.
Remove the green tops to avoid some substances from flowing back.
Strip off the dry leaves from the stem.
Do not burn the cane as this lowers its quality.
Transport the cane to the factory immediately for processing.

(c). Describe four ways in which soil depth influences crop production. (8 marks)

Soil moisture content: a deep soil holds more moisture than a shallow soil.
Root penetration and plant support: a deep soil provides better root anchorage and free root penetration to lower zones.
Soil erosion: a deep soil encourages water infiltration other than surface run-offs, thus minimizing soil erosion.
Soil aeration: a deep soil is well-aerated compared to a shallow soil.
Mineral nutrient content: a deep soil allows more accumulation and exchange of minerals. This allows better growth of vegetation compared to a shallow soil that has less mineral nutrient.
Microbial activity: a deep top soil and sub-soil favours activity of micro-organisms such as decomposers and nitrogen fixers.

NAME:………………………………………….. INDEX NO…………………………
SCHOOL:……………………………………… CANDIDATE’S SIGN ……………..

DATE ………………………………

443/2

AGRICULTURE MARKING SCHEME

Paper 2

2023
Time: 2 Hours

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E)

443/2

AGRICULTURE MARKING SCHEME

Paper 2

2023
Time: 2 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

Write your name and index number in the spaces provided above
Sign and write the date of examination in the spaces provided above.
This paper consists of three sections: A, B and C
Answer all the questions in section A and B and any two questions from section C
Answers should be written in the spaces provided.

For Examiner’s Use Only

Section	Question	Maximum Score	Candidate’s Score
A	1 – 20	30
B	21-24	20
C	25-27	20
		20
	Total Score	90

SECTION A

Livestock which can be castrated using a rubber ring

He goat
Male calves
Rams

2x =1mk

Definition of “breach of birth” as used in livestock production

It’s a presentation during parturition where the hind legs of the new born comes out first 1×1=1mk

a) Camel breed that is adapted to cooler regions and as a wooly body covering

Bareterian1x = mk

b) Give three ways used to improve production in indigenous cattle

Cross breeding with exotic breeds with superior
Supplementary feeding
Proper control/prevention of livestock diseases

3x =1 mks

Methods of administering vaccines to livestock

Injection
Oral/through the mouth
Nasal/inhalation
Through the cloaca
Ocular/through the eye

4x =2mks

Uses of bedding materials in a poultry house in deep litter system

To provide warmth
To absorb moisture to prevent dampness

2x =1mk

Pairs of livestock tools which are always used together

Trocar and canula
Hypodermic syringe and a needle
Elastrator and rubber ring
Bull ring and lead stick

2x =1mk

List two types of feed additives

Hormone eg. stilbestrol and oxytocin.
Antibiotics e.g. tetramycin.
Medicant e.g. caccissostate. 3x =1 mks

Factors that may lead to dip wash being exhausted or weakened while in the dip tank

Evaporation
Dilution by rain water in case of roof leakage
Leakage at the bottom/cracks at the bottom or walls
Dirt/impurities from the animal’s body

3x =1 mks

Practices which are carried out to control mastitis in lactating cows

Practice farm hygiene/milk infected cause last/use separate udder cloth for each cow/use disposable udder cloth
Practice that dips after milking
Practice good milking technique
Apply milking salve/jelly to prevent drying and cracking of teats
Immediate treatment of infected cows to avoid spread of the disease/treat any would on the teat/udder 4x =2mks

Signs of heat in rabbits.

Restlessness
Frequent urination
Swollen vulva
The doe throws itself on its sides
Rubs herself against the wall/object.
The doe peeps through the cage wall.

Maintenance practices carried out on the water cooling system of a tractor

Keep the radiator fins free of rubbish and dirt
Ensure the fun belt has the right tension
Ensure all loses are tightly fitted to prevent leakage
Top up the level of water in the radiator before using the tractor
Replace worn out parts eg fan belt, hose pipes radiator cap
Lubricate radiator pump regularly
Repair the radiator
Tighten loose bolts and nuts

4x =2mks

Behavior of chicks which would indicate that the temperature in the brooder is too high

Chicks moves away from the source
Parting/opening beaks
Opening/spreading the wings
Making abnormal noise
Drinking water excessively
Chicks may lie flat on their bellies

4x =2mks

Desirable characteristics that should be considered when selecting a heifer for milk production

Level of production
Health/growth rate/age
Fertility rate/mothering ability
Body conformation
Disease resistance
Temperament / adaptability

4x =2mks

Functions of calcium in dairy cows

A component of milk
Formation of skeleton/teeth
Blood clotting
Nerve functioning/control milk fiver

Notifiable diseases in cattle

Anthrax
Foot and mouth disease
Rinderpest
Rabies
Lumpy disease

Channels through which beef is marketed in Kenya

Local butcheries
Kenya meat commission
Livestock marketing division 2x =1mk

Factors that may influence the pulse rate of a sheep.

The sex of the animal
Age of the animal
Degree of excitement
The physiological status of the animal e.g pregnancy

4x ½ =2 marks

Properties of concrete that make it suitable for constructing farm building

Its durable
It is easy to clean
It is fire proof
Can be molded into various shapes 3x =1 mks

Reasons why breeding boar may be culled. (2 marks)

It avoids incidences of blow fly infestation
Old age.
Poor health.
Infertility / low libido.
To stop breeding.
Hind leg weakness / when too fat or too lazy.
Bad temperament / aggressiveness.
Poor performance of offspring

2x =1mk

Functions of a footbath in a plunge cattle dip
- Wash animal hooves to remove mud
- Contain chemicals to control foot rot

2x ½ =1 mark

SECTION B

Farm implement.
Identify the implement.

Disc plough

Name the parts labeled U and V and give one function of each.

U – Furrow wheel/depth wheel

– Controls the depth of ploughing

V – Disc

– Cut and invert the furrow slices

Ways of adjusting the depth of ploughing
Add weight to the plough beam
Adjust the cutting angle of discs
Use of draft control lever
Exert more hydraulic force
Use fewer discs

i) The parts of an egg labeled N,O and P

O – Outer shell membrane

P – Shell

ii) Functions of

M – to keep the yolk and germ spot in position/ Germ spot to keep facing up.

L – for gaseous exchange

iii) Reason for egg turning during incubation is

– To avoid the developing embryo from sticking on one side of the egg hence

embryonic mortality

a) Crush 1mk
b)

Spraying against external parasites
Dehorning
Hoof trimming
Taking body temperature
Treating sick animals
Milking 6 x ½ = 3mks

Repair broken wooden post/timber
Clean after use
Regular inspection
Replace yoke when the need arises 2 x ½ = 1mk

a) Name the parts labeled A, B and C (3 marks)
- Spray tank
- Trigger
- Nozzle

(b) State the use of the equipment shown above. (1 mark)

Spraying chemical solutions.

Clean after use
Oil the moving parts.
Store under shade.

SECTION C

a) Live cycle of a tapeworm (taeniaspp)

Mature segments / proglottids full of eggs are dropped with human faeces
Eggs are then released from the segments
Cattle/pigs ingest the eggs during grazing/feeding
In the intestines the eggs hatch into embryos
The embryos penetrate the intestine walls and enter the blood stream
The embryos first localize in the liver
From the liver, the embryos are distributed into the muscles in the body
In the muscles, they become cysts/bladder worms
Human being are injected when they eat raw/under cooked beef/pork with the cysts
In the human small intestines, the cysts wall dissolves, the bladder worms emerge and attach on the intestine walls
They then develop into adults worm and starts laying eggs

10×1=10mks

b) Management practices that would ensure maximum yield of fish in a fish pond

Control stocking rate
Control of water pollution
Supply adequate feed regularly
Provide appropriate feed
Aerate the water by ensuring constant inflow and outflow
Control predators
Harvest fish at the correct maturity age
Maintain appropriate water level in the fish pond always

5×1=5mks

c) Functions of water in nutrition

Components of body cells and many body fluids e.g blood
Used in biochemical reactions in the body eg digestion
Regulate body temperatures trough sweating and evaporation
Excretion of metabolic wastes from the body
Formation of the products eg milk, eggs etc
Makes cells turgid to maintain their shape
Transportation of nutrients

5×1=5mks

Management of layers from one day old to the start of laying in a deep litter system.

Disinfect the brooder 2 — 3 days before the day old chicks are brought in.
Spread newspaper over the litter to prevent chicks from eating litter.
Spread some food on the newspaper so that chicks can learn to eat.
Remove the newspaper when the chicks have learnt to eat from feeders
Feed on chick mash up to8^th
Gradually introduce growers mash from week
Debeak (on the 10^th day)
Keep chicks in the brooder for 6—8
Provide and maintain source of heat as necessary.
Provide adequate clean water
Vaccinate against common diseases especially Newcastle.
Control external parasites
Insulate sick chicks
Treat sick chicks.
Introduce roosts for perching (on 6^th week)
Introduce grit / sand to help in digestion.
Hang green vegetable to keep them busy.
Feed on grower’s marsh to 18^th – 20^th
Gradually replace by layers mash from 18^t^h
A specific day/week must be indicated to award mark.

(1 ×10 = 10 mks)

(b)Five advantages of using animal power in the farm.

Does not require skilled labour as compared to engine power.
Animals are cheaper to buy and maintain.
Work output is higher than that of human beings.
Can work in areas where tractor can’t reach.
Work better on small holdings than tractors.

(1 x 5 = 5 mks)

Importance of keeping animals healthy.
Grow fast and reach maturity quickly.
Gives animals a longer economic and productive life.
Maintains a high productivity.
Produce good quality products thus command high market value.
Will not spread diseases to other animals.
Are economical and easy to keep.

27. Mastitis disease under the following subheading

(a) (i) – Streptococcusagalactinae /

– Staphylococcalmastitis

(ii)

age
Stage of lactation period
Udder attachment
Incomplete milking
Mechanical injuries
Poor sanitation
-Poor milking technique.

(iii)

Pus, blood, thick clots in milk or watery milk
Pain when milking / udders / teats are swollen
Death of infected quarter.
Salty taste in milk, fine clots or flakes in fore milk

(iv)

Empty the affected quarter of udder and instill antibiotic
Use teat dip on each teat after every milking.
Use the right milking technique.
Strict cleanliness and use of disinfectant during milking.
Dry cow therapy. /Infusing a long acting antibiotics into the teat canalwhendrying off the cow.
Use a strip cup to test for mastitis, infected animals should be milked last.
Use separate udder clothes
Remove sharp objects from grazing and milking areas to prevent teatinjury
Open wound on the teats should be treated immediately

b) Eight factors that affect milk composition in dairy farming. (8 marks)

Age of the animal – Butter fat in milk becomes less as an animal grows old thus young animals produce milk with higher BF than older animals.
Breed – Different breeds of cattle produce milk with differing percentages composition e.g. Jersey produces higher BF than Friesian.
Type of food eaten by an animal – Roughage feeds produce milk with higher fats, lactose and protein compared to grains.
Disease – Diseases such as mastitis reduce lactose composition in milk because bacteria attack milk sugars.
Physiological condition – of the animal.
Sick / extremely emaciated animals register low percentage of BF.
During late pregnancy cows produce milk with low BF content.
Stage of lactation – The butter content in milk is highest at the middle phase of the lactation period and lowers towards the end of lactation.
Time of milking – Milk produced in the morning has lower BF content than produced in the evening.
Season of the year – BF content increases during cold season.
Completeness of milking – The last drawn milk from the udder contains 10% total BF content.
Thus milk drawn last from the udder has higher BF content.

Teachers' Resources

Free schemes of work pdf- CBC

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

Looking for free CBC schemes of work for all subjects and grades? Look no further. You can now download all these schemes here at no cost. Check all the free schemes, below;

GRADE FIVE FREE UPDATED CBC SCHEMES OF WORK

ALL GRADE 5 SCHEMES

Free Updated Primary school schemes of work Downloads for all classes, grades and PP1-2 (Term 1-3)

Free Lower Primary (Grade 1-6), PP1 and PP2 free notes, Schemes and exams downloads

Grade 1,2,3 and 4 free schemes of work, pdf notes and exams (Thousands of free CBC downloads)

GRADE FOUR FREE UPDATED CBC SCHEMES OF WORK

Grade 4 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

CRE GRADE 4 TERM 1 NEW

AGRICULTURE GRADE 4 TERM 1 NEW

MATHEMATICS GRADE 4 TERM 1 NEW

PHYSICAL EDUCATION GRADE 4 TERM 1 NEW

HOME SCIENCE GRADE 4 TERM 1 NEW

SCIENCE GRADE 4 TERM 1 NEW

ENGLISH GRADE 4 TERM 1 (1)

KISWAHILI GRADE 4 TERM 1

ART CRAFT GRADE 4 TERM 1 NEW

SOCIAL STUDIES GRADE 4 TERM 1 NEW

GRADE THREE FREE UPDATED CBC SCHEMES OF WORK

ALL GRADE 3 SCHEMES TERM 1

Grade 3 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

GRADE TWO FREE UPDATED CBC SCHEMES OF WORK

Grade 2 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

GRADE 2 TERM 1 MUSIC SCHEMES (visionary)

GRADE 2 TERM 1 LITERACY SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 KISWAHILI SCHEMES (soma nasi)

GRADE 2 TERM 1 KISWAHILI SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 CRAFT SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 CRE SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 MOVEMENT SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 HYGIENE & NUTRITION SCHEMES

GRADE ONE FREE UPDATED CBC SCHEMES OF WORK

Grade 1 Free updated schemes of work

PP1 AND 2 FREE UPDATED CBC SCHEMES OF WORK

Free Updated Primary school schemes of work Downloads for all classes, grades and PP1-2 (Term 1-3)

Teachers' Resources

Grade One Term 2 Schemes For 11 Weeks

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

Looking for Grade 1 Term 2 CBC Schemes Of Work for the revised school calendar? Well. Get all the schemes here for term 2 having eleven weeks. Remember, these resources are available at no cost.

Download more Schemes of work and other teachers’ resources here; Teachers’ Free Resources Portal.

GRADE ONE CBC SCHEMES FOR TERM 2 (11 WEEKS)

ENGLISH FREE GRADE 1 TERM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK (11 WEEKS).

HYGIENE AND NUTRITION FREE GRADE 1 TERM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK (11 WEEKS).

ENVIRONMENTAL FREE GRADE 1 TERM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK (11 WEEKS).

MATHS ACTIVITIES FREE GRADE 1 TERM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK (11 WEEKS).

SOCIAL FREE GRADE 1 TERM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK (11 WEEKS).

ENVIRONMENT FREE GRADE 1 TERM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK (11 WEEKS).

HOT DOWNLOADS!!!

Grade 1 Free updated schemes of work

Grade 1 Exams For Term 1-3 Free PDF Downloads

Term 2 CBC Grade 1 Schemes Of Work

Grade 1 CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2

Grade 1 CBC Exams For Term 1 to 3, Free PDF…

Grade 1,2,3 and 4 free schemes of work, pdf notes and…

Free Lower Primary (Grade 1-6), PP1 and PP2 free notes, Schemes…

Teachers' Resources

QUANTITY OF HEAT SIMPLIFIED PHYSICS NOTES

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

Chapter Nine

QUANTITY OF HEAT

Heat is a form of energy that ﬂows from one body to another due to a temperature difference between them.
The absorption of heat by a body results in rise of its temperature while loss of the same results in fall of temperature.

HEAT CAPACITY

It takes shorter time to prepare tea for fewer people as compared to preparing tea for many.

This is because less amount of energy is needed to prepare tea for fewer people. On a hot day, the land surface is much warmer compared to the sea. This is because of the nature of the surfaces. Different materials have different rates of heat absorption.

EXPERIMENT: To investigate the relationship between the mass of a body and the quantity of heat required to cause a unit temperature rise in it

Apparatus Water, beaker, Bunsen burner, thermometer, stopwatch, wire gauze.

Procedure

Heat about 150 cm3 of water at room temperature, as shown in ﬁgure 9.1
Record the time taken for the temperature to rise to about 60 °C.
Pour out the water and cool the beaker to room temperature.
Repeat the experiment with about 200 cm3 of water in the beaker.
Record the time taken for the temperature to rise to about 60 °C.

Observation

It takes a longer time for the larger volume of water to attain the same temperature rise than for the smaller volume of water.

Explanation

The different volumes are heated from the same initial temperature to ﬁnal temperature.
The larger volume takes more time to attain the same temperature change, hence absorbs more heat energy.

Conclusion

Since the different volumes of water have different masses, the quantity of heat energy required to cause a given temperature change depends on its mass.

Heat capacity is deﬁned as the quantity of heat energy required to raise the temperature of a given mass of a material by one degree Celsius or one Kelvin. It is denoted by C.

The SI unit of heat capacity is JK-1

Example 1

Calculate the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a metal block with a heat capacity of 460 IK-1 from 15 °C to 45 °C.

Solution

Heat capacity, C = 460 J K-1

Temperature change 9 = (45°C — 15°C) = 30 °C

Q = CΔT

= 460 x 30

= 13 800 J

SPECIFIC HEAT CAPACITY

Speciﬁc heat capacity is deﬁned as the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a unit mass of a substance by one Kelvin (K). It is denoted by c. Speciﬁc heat capacity is heat capacity per unit mass. ‘

c = quantity of heat (H)

Mass (m) x change in temperature (ΔT)

H = mc ΔT

The SI unit for speciﬁc heat capacity is Jkg-1K-1.

Note: If two different substances of the same mass are subjected to the same amount of heat, they acquire different temperature changes.

For example, the speciﬁc heat capacity of copper is 390 Jkg-1K-1. This means that 1 kg of copper would take in or give out 390 J when its temperature changes by 1 K.

Example 2

A block of metal of mass 1.5 kg which is suitably insulated is heated from 30 °C to 50 °C in

8 minutes and 20 seconds by an electric heater coil rated 54 watts. Find:

(a) the quantity of heat supplied by the heater.

(b) the heat capacity of the block.

Solution

Quantity of heat supplied = power x time

Q = 54 x 500

= 27000J

(b) Heat capacity, C = Q/ΔT

But Q = 27000 J and ΔT= 50 – 30 =20K

C = 27000

= 1350 JK-1

C = 1350

1.5

=900Jkg-1K-1

Find the temperature of water if a heater rated 42 W heat 50 g water from 20C in five minute. (Specific heat capacity of water is 4200Jkg-1K-1)

Assuming no heat losses;

Heat supplied by the heater = heat gained by the water.

42 x 5 x 60 = mcΔT

42 x 300 = 50 X 10-3 X 4 200 x ΔT

ΔT = 42 x 300

50 X 10-3 X 4 200

ΔT= 60

But ΔT= T – 20, where T is the final temperature.

60= T- 20
T = 60 + 20

T = 80°C

A piece of copper of mass 60 g and specific heat capacity 390 Jkg-1K-1cools from 90°C to 40°C Find the quantity of heat given out.

Solution

Q = mcΔT= 60 x 10^–3 x 390 x 50
= 1 170 J

DETERMINATION OF SPECIFIC HEAT CAPACITY

Method of Mixtures

Solids

EXPERIMENT: To determine the speciﬁc heat capacity of a solid by the method of mixtures

Apparatus

Metal block, thread, beaker, water, tripod stand, heat source, well-lagged calorimeter, stirrer, thermometer, cardboard.

Procedure

Weigh the solid metal block. = ms
Set up the apparatus as shown in ﬁgure above. Allow the water to boil.
Weigh the calorimeter together with the stirrer and pour some water into it. = mc
Weigh the calorimeter with its contents and place it in the insulating jacket. = m1
Mass of water = m1- mc = mw
Measure the temperature of the cold water. = T1
Measure temperature of boiling water in beaker = T2
When the water in the beaker has boiled for sometime, quickly transfer the metal block, from the beaker into the cold water in the calorimeter.
Cover the calorimeter with a piece of cardboard, as in ﬁgure.
Stir the mixture and record the ﬁnal temperature. = T3
Change of temperature of water in the calorimeter on addition of hot metal block = T3- T1
Temperature change of hot metal block when dropped into the cold water = T2- T3,
Assuming no heat losses to the surroundings during the transfer of the metal block from the beaker to the calorimeter and thereafter, the specific heat capacity of the solid can be calculated as follows;

Heat lost by heat gained by gained by

metal block = calorimeter with stirrer + water in calorimeter

mscs (T2 – T3) = mccc (T3 – T1) + mwcw (T3 – T1)

cs = m_cc_c(T₃ – T₁) + m_wc_w (T₃ – T₁)

(T2-T3)

Where CcCs and Cw are specific heat capacities of the calorimeter, the solid and water respectively.
The specific heat capacity of the material of the cube can therefore be calculated as;

A lagged copper calorimeter of mass 0.75 kg contains 0.9 kg of water at 20⁰C. A bolt of mass 0.8 kg is transferred from an oven at 400⁰C to the calorimeter and a steady temperature of 50⁰C is reached by the water after stirring. Given Specific heat capacity of copper is 400 Jkg-1K-1and that of water 4200 Jkg-1K-1. Determine:
Heat lost by the bolt

Let c be the specific heat capacity of the material of the bolt.

=0.8 x c x (400 – 50)

=280c

Heat absorbed by the water

=0.9 x 4200 x (50 – 20)

=113,400J

Heat absorbed by calorimeter

HC=mc∆T= 0.75 x 400 x (50 – 20)

=9000J

Specific heat capacity of the bolt

Solution

Heat lost by bolt = heat gained by calorimeter + heat gained by water

280c = 9000+ 113 400

280c = 122 400

c = 437 Jkg-1K-1

Specific heat capacity of bolt is 437 Jkg-1K-1.

Liquids

Using a solid of known specific heat the capacity and replacing the water in the calorimeter with liquid whose specific heat capacity is to be determined, the same procedure as in experiment 9.2 is repeated.

Calculations

Replacing the mass of water and the specific heat capacity of water with those of the liquid, ml and cl and making the same assumptions on heat losses to the surroundings, the specific heat capacity of the liquid can be calculated as below;

Heat lost by = heat gained by + heat gained by liquid

The hot solid calorimeter and stirrer in the calorimeter

mscs (T2 – T3) = mccc (T3 – T1) + mlcl (T3 – T1)

mscc (T2 – T3) – mccc (T3 – T1) = mlct (83 – 81)

Hence, the specific heat capacity of the liquid can be calculated as;

cl = m_sc_s (T₂ – T₃) – m_cc_c (T₃ – T₁)

ml(T3-T1)

Note:

The following precautions need to be taken to minimize heat losses to the surroundings:
(i) Use of a highly polished calorimeter.

(ii) Heavy lagging of the calorimeter.

(iii) Use of a lid of poor conduction.

Example 6

A block of iron of mass 1.25 kg at 120°C was transferred to an aluminium calorimeter of mass 0.3 kg containing a liquid of mass 0.6 kg at 25°C. The block and the calorimeter with its contents eventually reached a common temperature of 50 °C. Given the specific heat capacity of iron as 450 Jkg-1K-1 and that of aluminium 900 Jkg-1K-1, calculate ;

Heat lost by the iron

Hm=mc∆T =1.25 x 450 x 70

=39 375J

Heat absorbed by the liquid

Let c be the specific heat capacity of the liquid.

Hl=mc∆T=0.6 x c x 25

=15c

Heat absorbed by calorimeter

HC=mc∆T= 0.3 x 900 x 25

=6 750 J

Specific heat capacity of the liquid

Heat lost by iron block = heat gained by calorimeter + heat gained by liquid
1.25 x 450 x 70 = 0.3 x 900 x 25 + 0.6 x c x 25

39 375 = 6 750 + 15c

39 375 – 6 750 = 15c

c = 2 175 J kg-1K-1

A girl heats 5 kg of water to temperature of 800 When she adds m kg of water at 150 C the mixture attains temperature of 40⁰C. Determine the value of m. (ignore heat changes due to the container) (3 marks)
Equal masses of water and paraffin with specific heat capacities CWand CP respectively are heated using identical sources of heat, for the same length of time. The final temperature θP of paraffin was found to be greater than final temperature of water, Show that CW is greater than CP. (2 marks)

Electrical Method

Solids

EXPERIMENT; To determine the specific heat capacity of a metal by electrical method

Apparatus

Metal block with two holes, heater, thermometer, ammeter, voltmeter, stopwatch, lagging material, power source, rheostat, connecting wires, weighing balance.

Procedure and sample results

Weigh the Mass of metal block = m
Set up the apparatus as shown in figure
Record the readings of the ammeter reading = I
Record the readings of Voltmeter reading = V
Start the stopwatch as you switch on the heater circuit.
Record Time taken to heat the metal block = t
Measure and record Initial temperature of the metal block = T1
Measure and record Final temperature of the metal block = T2

Temperature change of the metal block = T2 – T1

Assuming no heat losses to the surroundings, the specific heat capacity of the material of the metal block is calculated as follows;

Electrical energy supplied by the electrical heater coil = heat gained by the metal block.
VIt = mc (T2 – T1)

where c is the specific heat capacity of the material of the block.
Therefore, specific heat capacity c is given by;

c = VIt

m(T2-T1)

Precautions

(i) The metal block must be highly polished and heavily lagged.

(ii) The two holes should be filled with a light oil to improve thermal contact with the heater and thermometer.

Example 7

A metal cylinder of mass 0.5 kg is heated electrically. If the voltmeter reads 15 V, the ammeter 3.0 A and the temperature of the block rises from 20°C to 85 °C in 10 minutes, calculate the specific heat capacity of the metal cylinder.

Solution

Heat supplied by the heater = heat gained by the metal cylinder

VIt = mcΔT

15 x 3 x 10 x 60 = 0.5 x c x 65

c = 15 x 3 x 600

0.5 x 65

= 831 Jkg-1K-1

EXPERIMENT: To determine the specific heat capacity of a liquid by electrical method

Apparatus

Well-lagged calorimeter, stirrer, 12 V heating coil, liquid (water), ammeter, voltmeter, weighing
balance, thermometer, stopwatch, rheostat.

Fig. 9.4: Determination of specific heat capacity of a liquid by electrical method

Procedure

Weigh the calorimeter with the stirrer. = m1
Pour water into the calorimeter.
Weigh the calorimeter with the water. = m2

Mass of water = m2 – m1 = mw

Place the Calorimeter in its insulating jacket.
Measure the initial temperature of the water. = T1
Insert the heating coil into the water in the calorimeter
Switch on the heater current and simultaneously start timing.
Record the ammeter = I
Record voltmeter readings. = V
Stir the water and after about five to ten minutes, switch off the heater current, but continue stirring and note the highest final temperature of the water.
Record the duration of the heating. = t
Record Final temperature of the water = T2

Assuming no heat is lost to the surroundings, the specific heat capacity of the water can be calculated as follows; ,

heat supplied by electric heater = heat gained by water + heat gained by calorimeter
Vlt = mwcw(T2 – T1) + m1cc(T2 – T1)

cw = VIt – m(T₂-T₁)

mw(T2-T1)

Where cw and cc are the specific heat capacities of water and material of the calorimeter respectively,

Example 8

In an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity of water, an electrical heater was used. If the voltmeter reading was 24 V and that of ammeter 2.0 A, calculate the specific heat capacity of water if the temperature of a mass of 1.5 kg of water in a 0.4 kg copper calorimeter rose by 6 ˚C after 13.5 minutes. (Specific heat capacity of copper is 400 Jkg+K:’)

Solution

Electrical energy supplied by heater = heat gained by calorimeter + heat gained by water 24 x 2 x 13.5 x 60 = 0.4 x 400 x 6 + 1.5 x c x 6, where c is specific heat capacity of water. 38 880 – 960 = 9c

c = 37920

= 4213 Jkg-1K-1

2002 Q19 P1

An immersion heater rated 90W is placed is a liquid of mass 2kg. When the heater is switched on for 15 minutes the temperature of the liquid rises from 20oC to 30oC Determine the specific heat capacity of the liquid. (Assume no heat losses)

Continuous Flow Method

EXPERIMENT 9.5: To determine the specific heat capacity of water by the continuous flow method

Apparatus

Constant head tank, electric heating coil, two thermometers, glass tube (surrounded by an evacuated glass jacket which prevents heat escape from the liquid by conduction or convection), stopwatch, rheostat.

Procedure

Set up the apparatus as in figure 5.
Adjust the water flow from the constant head tank until no water flows through the waste
pipe (the water through the tube carrying the spiral heating coil has then attained a steady flow).
Switch on the heater circuit and let the water flow continue until the thermometers at the inflow and outflow ends of the tube attain steady readings.
Record the ammeter and voltmeter readings.
Record the inflow and outflow temperatures of the water.
Weigh an empty beaker and place it below the outflow pipe and simultaneously start timing.
When an appreciable quantity of water has collected in the beaker, withdraw the flow pipe as you stop timing.
Weigh the beaker with water and record the duration of heating.
Repeat the procedure but with a different rate of flow of water.

Results and Calculations

First rate of flow of water

Ammeter reading = II

Voltmeter reading = VI

Inflow temperature of water = T1
Outflow temperature of water = T2
Mass of the empty beaker = ml
Mass of the beaker with water = m2
Time of collecting the water = t
Mass of water collected = m2 – ml = mc
Temperature difference = T2 – T1

Second rate of flow of water
Ammeter reading = I2

Voltmeter reading = V2

Mass of the beaker with water = m3
Mass of water collected = m3-m1= mn

Under steady conditions, none of the electrical energy supplied is used in heating the apparatus
and, therefore;

Electrical energy = heat energy absorbed + heat energy lost to

Supplied by collected water the surrounding

VIt = mw c(T2 – T1) + H

After the rate of flow is altered, temperature difference is the same and the heat lost in time t is again H.
:. V2I2t = mn c(T2 – T1) + H

Hence;

(V2 I2 – V1I1) t = (mn -mw) c(T2 – T1)

Advantages of the method over the other methods

The presence of the vacuum prevents heat losses by convection or conduction.
The steady temperature measured allows small temperature rises to be used and therefore suitable for determining the manner in which the specific heat capacity changes with temperature.
Heat capacities of the apparatus not involved in the calculation.
The method can be used for gases.

Exercise 9.1

A lady wanted to have a warm bath at 40°C. She had 5.0 kg of water in a basin at 85˚C. What mass of cold water at 25°C must she have added to the hot water to obtain her choice of bath? Neglect heat losses and take specific heat capacity of water as 4 200 Jkg-1K-1.
2 kg of iron at 100°C is dropped into 0.09 kg of water at 26 °C inside a calorimeter of mass 0.15 kg and specific heat capacity 800 Jkg-1K-1. Find the final temperature of the water. (Specific heat capacity of iron is 460 J kg-1K-1and that of water 4200 Jkg-1K-1)
A copper calorimeter of mass 0.12 kg contains 0.1 kg of paraffin at 15°C. If 0.048 kg of aluminium at 100°C is transferred into the liquid and the final temperature of the mixture is 27°C, calculate the specific heat capacity of paraffin, neglecting heat losses. (Specific heat capacity of aluminium is 900 Jkg-1K-1and that of copper 400 Jkg-1K-1)

CHANGE OF STATE

Heating a material generally leads to a rise in temperature. However, there are situations where no observable change in temperature is noted when a material is heated or cooled.
When ice at -10⁰C is heated and temperature recorded at intervals as while stirring, the following observations are made

Observation

The thermometer records a temperature rise of the ice until it reaches O°C.
The temperature remains at 0 °C while ice changes to water at O°C.

After all the ice has melted, temperature raises again,

Explanation

When the ice at about -10 °C is heated, the heat energy is used in raising its temperature to °C.
The energy given to the ice at 0 °C is used to change ice from solid to liquid state.

Conclusion

The heat supplied to ice at 0 °C does not change the temperature of the ice, but changes its state from solid to liquid (melting).

The heat absorbed as the ice melts is called latent heat. The term ‘latent’ means ‘hidden’. It is used thus because the ice at 0 °C is converted water at 0 °C without change in temperature.

Latent Heat of Fusion

Latent heat of fusion is defined as the heat required to change the state of a material from solid to liquid without temperature change. Conversely, as a liquid changes to solid state, latent heat of fusion is given out.

EXPERIMENT: To explore the change of state of naphthalene using the cooling curve
Apparatus

Naphthalene is heated to melt and then allowed to cool.

The temperature is recorded in intervals of time and a graph of temperature against time is plotted

Observation

During cooling, the temperature of liquid naphthalene falls from about 90°C to about 80 °C, where it remains constant for some time.

At this temperature, all the naphthalene gradually changes to solid, after which the temperature falls further to room temperature.

The graph of temperature against time is as shown in figure

Cooling curve for naphthalene

Explanation

The portion OP represents the liquid naphthalene cooling.
In PQ, the liquid naphthalene changes to solid without change in temperature.
Point P is the freezing point, where the naphthalene is solidifying (and also the melting point).
In portion QR, solid naphthalene cools to room temperature at R.
During the period PQ, the liquid naphthalene is losing latent heat of fusion as it solidifies.

Specific Latent Heat of Fusion

the specific latent heat of fusion of a substance is defined as the quantity of heat energy required to change a unit mass of the substance from solid to liquid without change in temperature.

Q = mLf, where Lf is the specific latent heat of fusion. The SI unit of specific latent heat is Jkg-1.

Lf = Q/m

Note: A unit mass of a material changing from liquid to solid would give out heat energy equal to its specific latent heat of fusion.

EXPERIMENT: To determine the quantity of heat required to change unit mass of ice to water
Apparatus

Water, ice pieces, thermometer, calorimeter, stirrer.

Determining latent heat of fusion of ice
Procedure

Pour water previously heated to about 5 °C above room temperature into a clean dry copper calorimeter of known mass.
Pour water previously heated to about 5˚C above room temperature into a clean dry copper calorimeter of known mass
Find the mass of the calorimeter with water.
Record the temperature of the contents and add pieces of dry melting ice one at a time, each time stirring until the piece melts before adding the next.
Continue the process until the temperature falls to about 5 °C below room temperature.
Find the mass of the calorimeter with the mixture.

Note

Warming the water so that its temperature rises by a given value above room temperature then cooling it to a temperature which is the same value below room temperature balances the heat exchange between the calorimeter with its contents and the surrounding.
‘Dry ice’ is one which has minimum water moisture on its surface. It is used so that any heat absorbed is utilized in changing of state from solid to liquid, but not in warming the water.

Results and Calculations

Mass of calorimeter and stirrer = m1
Mass of water and calorimeter =m2
Mass of calorimeter and mixture = m3
Temperature of water in calorimeter = T1
Final temperature of mixture = T2

Mass of water used = m2 – m1 = mw

Mass of ice melted = m3 – m2 = mm
Temperature change = T2 – T1

Heat lost heat lost = heat gained + heat gained + heat gained

(By warm water) (By calorimeter) (Ice at 0 °C to water at 0°C) (Water at0 °C to final temp T2)

Let the quantity of heat required to melt a unit mass of ice at 0 °C to water at 0 °C be Lf
mw Cw (T1 – T2) + m2cc(T1 – T2) = mm Lf+ mw Cw (T2 -0)

where Cw and Cc are specific heat capacities of water and calorimeter material respectively.

Lf = m_w c_w (T₁ – T₂) + m_cc_c(T₁ – T₂) – m_w c_w T₂

This is the quantity of heat energy required to melt unit mass of ice at constant temperature and is referred to as the specific latent heat of fusion of ice.

EXPERIMENT: To determine specific latent heat of ice by electrical method

Apparatus

Crushed ice, two filter funnels, two beakers, voltmeter, ammeter, rheostat, heater, two
thermometers, and stopwatch.

Put equal quantities of crushed ice into two identical filter funnels P and Q,

Place an immersion heater connected to an ammeter, voltmeter and rheostat in P, making sure it is completely covered with ice.
At the same time as you switch on the immersion heater, place dry empty beakers of known masses under P and Q.
Note the reading of the ammeter and voltmeter (adjust the rheostat to keep them constant throughout the experiment).
When a reasonable amount of water has collected in the beaker under P, note the time, remove the beakers and switch off the heater.
Weigh the beakers and their contents.

Results and Calculations

Mass of beaker under P before experiment = m1
Mass of beaker under P after experiment =m2

Mass of ice melted in P during experiment = (m2 – m1) = mn
Mass of beaker under Q before experiment = m3

Mass of beaker under Q after experiment = m4

Mass of ice melted in Q during experiment = (m4 – m3) =mm
Reading of ammeter = I

Reading of voltmeter = V

Time during which heater is switched on = t seconds.

The funnel Q and its contents is the control experiment.
It enables the mass of ice melted due to the temperature of the room during the experiment to be obtained.
It is reasonable to assume that the same mass will be melted in P.
Thus, the mass of ice melted by the heater is mm- mn = m
Then, heat energy supplied by the heater = heat energy gained by melting the ice
VIt = mLf

Lf = VIt

where Lf is the specific latent heat of fusion of ice.

The SI unit for specific latent heat of fusion is Jkg-1

Table gives values of specific latent heat of fusion of some common materials.

Material	Specific latent heat of Jus ion (x 10⁵ Jkg^-1}
Copper	4.0
Alwninium	3.9
Water (Ice)	3.34
Iron	2.7
Wax	1.8
Naphthalene	1.5
Solder	0.7
Lead	0.026
Mercury	0.013

Example 9

In an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of fusion of ice, 0.025 kg of dry ice at 0˚C is melted up in 0.20 kg of water at 21°C in a copper calorimeter of mass 0.25 kg. If the final temperature of the mixture falls to 11 ˚C, what is the specific latent heat of fusion of ice? (Take the specific heat capacity of water as 4200 Jkg-1K-1 and that of copper as 400 Jkg-1K-I).

Solution

Heat loss by + heat lost by water = heat gained + heat gained

calorimeter by melting ice by melted ice

0.25 x 400 x 10 + 0.2 x 4 200 x 10 = 0.025L + 0.025 x 4 200 x 11,

where L is the specific latent heat of fusion of ice.

1 000 + 8 400 = 0.025L + 1 155

0.025L == 9400 – 1 155

L == 8245

0.025

= 329 800 Jkg-1

= 3.298 x 105 Jkg-1

Hence the specific latent heat of fusion of ice is 3.298 x 1 ()5 Jkg-l.

Latent Heat of Vaporization

The specific latent heat of vaporization (Lv) of a material is the quantity of heat required to change a unit mass of the material from liquid to vapour without change of temperature.
The heat absorbed by a liquid as it change to vapour is the same heat energy given out by the vapour as it changes its state to liquid without change in temperature.

Q=mLv

The SI unit of specific latent heat of vaporization is Jkg-1

EXPERIMENT: To determine the specific latent heat of vaporization of a liquid (water)
USING THE METHOD OF MIXTURES

Apparatus

Calorimeter, stirrer, water, thermometer, flask, delivery tube, heat source.

PROCEDURE

Set up the apparatus as in figure above.
Find the mass of the calorimeter when empty = mc
Find the mass of the calorimeter when filled with water to the level shown. = m2
Place the calorimeter with its contents in a felt jacket (lagging material).
Record the initial temperature of water in the calorimeter. = T1
Boil the water in the flask until steam starts issuing out freely through the delivery tube.
Bring the free end of the delivery tube into the water in the calorimeter.
Allow steam to bubble into the water while stirring until the temperature of the water rises by 20 ˚C above room temperature.
Remove the delivery tube from the calorimeter and record the temperature of the water.
Determine the mass of the calorimeter with condensed steam. = m3
Determine the final temperature of condensed steam = T2

Results and Calculations

Mass of water = (m2 – mc) = mw

Mass of condensed steam =m3 – m2= ms
Temperature change = T2 – T1

NB: When steam passes into the water, it first changes to water at 100 °C and then cools from 100 °C to final temperature of the mixture T2,
Heat lost by condensing steam = msLv; where Lvis the specific latent heat of vaporization of steam.
Heat lost by cooling water = mscw(100 – T2) where Cw is the specific heat capacity of water.
Heat gained by calorimeter and stirrer = mccc(T2 – T1), where c is the specific heat capacity of the calorimeter.
Heat gained by water = mwcw(T2- T1)

Therefore

Heat lost by steam + heat lost by water = heat gained by water + heat gained by calorimeter

(condensation) (100˚C-T2)

msLv + mscw(100-T2) = mwcw(T2-T1) + mccc(T2-T1)

Lv = m_wc_w(T₂-T₁) + m_cc_c(T₂-T₁)- m_sc_w(100-T₂)

Note:

Errors due to heat loss to the surroundings can be minimized by first cooling the water in the calorimeter by a given value below room temperature and then passing the steam until the temperature rises above room temperature by the same value.

Example 10

Dry steam is passed into a well-lagged copper calorimeter of mass 0.25 kg containing 0.50 kg of water and 0.02 kg of ice at 0 ⁰C. The mixture is well stirred and the steam supply cut off when the temperature of the calorimeter and its contents reaches 25°C. Neglecting heat losses, if 25g of steam is found to have condensed to water and Specific heat capacity of copper is 400 Jkg-1K-1and latent heat of fusion of water is 3.36 x105 Jkg-1) find:

Heat lost by the steam

H=m Lv

=0.025Lv

Heat lost by hot water

H=mc∆T

=0.025 x 4 200 (100 ⁰C – 25°C)

=7 875J

Heat gained by calorimeter

H=mc∆T

=0.25 x 400 x 25

=2500J

Heat gained by ice

H=m Lf

=0.02 x 336000

=6 720J

Heat gained by cold water

H=mc∆T

=(0.5 + 0.02) 4 200 x 25

=54600J

the specific latent heat of vaporization of water

Solution

heat lost by steam+ heat lost by water = heat gained + heat gained by + heat gained by

(condensation) (100 ⁰C – 25 ⁰C) by ice (fusion) water (0 ⁰C – 25 ⁰C) calorimeter

Let L be the specific latent heat of vaporization of water + heat gained by

0.025L + 7 875 = 6 720 + 54 600 + 2 500 0.025L = 55 945
L= 55945
0.025

= 2237800 Jkg-1.

Specific latent heat of vaporization of water is 2.238 x 106 Jkg-1.

Determining specific latent of vaporization of water using ELECTRICAL METHOD

Beaker, flask, heater coil, condenser, water, stop watch, voltmeter, rheostat, ammeter power source.

Procedure

Set up the apparatus as shown in figure 9.13.
Switch on the heater and maintain a steady current using the variable resistor.
Allow the heating to continue until the system reaches a steady state, where condensed water issues down the tube T at a constant rate.
Weigh the beaker and place it under the tube to collect the condensed water and simultaneously start timing.
When a measurable quantity of water has collected in the beaker, remove the beaker as you stop the watch.
Record the time taken and weigh the beaker with condensed water.

Results and Calculations

Ammeter reading = I

Voltmeter reading = V

Mass of empty beaker = mB

Mass of beaker with condensed water = m2
Time taken to collect the condensed water = t
Mass of condensed water = m2 – mB= ms

Assuming that all the heat given by the heater coil is used in vaporizing the water and all the steam is condensed, the specific latent heat of vaporization of water is calculated as follows;
heat supplied by the heater coil = heat used to vaporize the water.

VIt = mcLv

Lv = ( VIt ) ,

mc where Lv is the specific latent of vaporization.

Table 9.3 gives values of specific latent heat of vaporization for some common materials.

Material	Specific latent of vaporization
	( x 10⁵ Jkg-1)

Water	22.6
Alcohol	8.6
Ethanol	8.5
Petrol	6.3
Benzene	4.0
Ether	3.5
Turpentine	2.7

Example 11

Calculate the quantity of heat required to change 0.50 kg of ice at -10°C completely into steam at 100 °C Take:

specific heat capacity of ice = 2 100 Jkg-1K-1

specific heat capacity of water = 4 200 Jkg-1K

specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 3.36 x 1()5 Jkg-1
specific latent heat of vaporisation of steam 2.26 x 106 Jkg-1

Solution

Quantity of heat gained by ice to raise its temperature to 0˚C
mcΔT = 0.50 x 2100 x 10

= 10500J

Quantity of heat required to change the ice into water;
mL= 0.50 x 336 000

= 168000 J

. Quantity of heat required to raise temperature of water to 100 DC;
mcΔT = 0.50 x 4 200 x 100

= 210 OOOJ

Quantity of heat required to vaporize water;
mLv = 0.5 x 2 260 000

= 1130000J

Total heat energy = 10 500 + 168000+ 210 000 + 1 130000
= 1518500 J

Factors Affecting Melting and Boiling Points

pressure on melting point

Apparatus

Block of ice, thin copper wire, two heavy weights, and wooden support.

Procedure

Attach two heavy weights to the ends of a thin copper wire.
Pass the string over a large block of ice, as shown above

Observation

The wire gradually cuts its way through the ice block, but leaves it as one piece.

Explanation

Because of the hanging weights, the wire exerts pressure on the ice beneath it and therefore
makes it melt at a temperature lower than its melting point.
Once the ice has melted, the water formed flows over the wire and immediately solidifies since it is no longer under pressure.
As it solidifies, the latent heat of fusion is released and is conducted by the copper wire to melt the ice below the copper wire.
The process continues until the wire cuts through leaving the block intact.

Conclusion

Application of pressure on ice lowers the melting point.
Note:

The thermal conductivity of the wire used in this experiment plays a crucial role.
If an iron wire with lower conductivity is used, it will cut through, but much more slowly.
Cotton string, which is a poor conductor, will not cut through the ice block at all.

The process of refreezing is known as regelation.

Applications of the Effects of Pressure on Melting Point of Ice
Ice Skating

The weight of an ice-skater acts on the thin blades of the skates.
The high pressure exerted by the thin blades melts the ice underneath, forming a thin film of water over which the skater slides.

Joining Ice Cubes under Pressure

Two ice cubes can be joined together by pressing them hard against each other.
The increased pressure lowers the melting point of the ice at the points of contact. With the pressure lowered, the water recondenses and the two cubes join together.

Impurities

The presence of impurities lowers the melting point of a substance.
An application of this is where salt is spread to prevent freezing on roads and paths during winter. Similarly, a freezing mixture can be made by mixing ice with salt.

BOILING

a)Increasing the pressure

Procedure

When the water begins boiling and steam issues from the rubber tube steadily, squeeze
the rubber tube momentarily and observe the thermometer shows a rise in temperature and the boiling reduces.

Explanation

Closing the rubber tube causes an increase in vapour pressure within the flask.
This makes it more difficult for molecules from the surface of the liquid to escape, raising the boiling point of the liquid.

Conclusion

Increase in pressure increases boiling point of a liquid.
An application of this concept is the pressure cooker. It has tight-fitting lid which prevents free escape of steam, thus making pressure inside it build up.
The boiling point is increased to a higher temperature, enabling food to cook more quickly.

b)Reducing the pressure

Procedure

Heat water in a round-bottomed flask fitted with a thermometer and a tube.
Stop heating, close the clip and turn the flask upside down.
Run cold water over the flask,

Observation

The water stops boiling when the heating is stopped. When cold water is then run over the flask, the water inside begins boiling again, even though its temperature is below boiling point.

Explanation

The cold water condenses the steam and therefore reduces vapour pressure inside the flask.
This lowers the boiling point of the liquid.

Conclusion

Decrease in pressure lowers the boiling point of a liquid.

the effect of impurities on boiling point

Procedure

Heat some distilled water in a beaker and note the boiling point.
Make a strong salt solution and repeat the experiment .
Record the new boiling point.

Observation

The boiling point of the salt solution is higher than that of the distilled water.

Conclusion

The presence of impurities in a liquid raises its boiling point.

Evaporation

Molecules in a liquid are in a continuous random motion with varying kinetic energy.
evaporation This process in which molecules at the surface of the liquid acquire sufficient kinetic energy to overcome the attractive force from the neighboring molecules in the liquid, and thus escape
it occurs at all temperatures, even before boiling point.

Effects of Evaporation

Pour some methylated spirit on the back of your hand. The hands feel cold as the spirit evaporates from the skin. The evaporating methylated spirit extracts latent heat from the skin, making it feel cold.

(ii) In a fume chamber, pour some ether into a test tube. Bubble air through the ether using a long rubber tubing.

Frost forms on the outside surface of the tube.

The evaporating ether draws latent heat of vaporization from the liquid ether, the test tube and the surrounding space.
The tube therefore cools so that frost forms around it. Bubbling increases the surface area of ether exposed to air.

(iii) Place a beaker on film of water on a wooden block. Pour some ether into the beaker and blow air through the ether using a foot pump.

The ether quickly evaporates and after sometime, it is found that the beaker is stuck to the wooden block, a thin layer of ice having formed between them. This shows that evaporation causes cooling.

Factors affecting Rate of Evaporation

Temperature

Increasing the temperature of a liquid makes its molecules on its surface move faster. This
makes it easier for more of them to escape, enhancing evaporation. It takes shorter time for
cloths to dry on a hot day.

Surface Area

Increasing the area of the liquid surface gives the faster molecules greater chance of escaping.
A wet bed-sheet dries faster when spread out than when folded.

Draught

Passing air over the liquid surface sweeps away the escaping vapour molecules. This clears the way for more escaping molecules to enter the space. This is why wet clothes dry faster on a windy day.

Humidity

Humidity is the concentration of water vapour in the atmosphere. When humidity is high, there are more vapour molecules in the space above the liquid surface. This makes it more difficult for the water molecules to leave the surface. Wet clothes take longer time to dry up on a humid day.

Comparison between boiling and evaporation

Evaporation	Boiling
Takes place at all temperatures	Takes place at a fixed temperature.
Takes place on the surface of the liquid.	Takes place throughout the liquid, with
No bubbles are formed.	bubbles of steam forming all over.
Decreasing the atmospheric pressure	Decreasing atmospheric pressure
increases the rate of evaporation.	lowers the boiling point.

Application of Cooling by Evaporation
Sweating

When sweat evaporates, it draws latent heat from the skin, producing a cooling effect. Animals have different mechanisms of cooling their bodies. A dog exposes its tongue when it is hot, while the muzzle of a cow gets more wet when it is hot.

Cooling of Water in a Porous Pot

A porous pot has tiny pores, through which water slowly seeps out. When this water evaporates, it cools the pot and its contents.

The Refrigerator

The effect of cooling caused by evaporation is made use of in the refrigerator.

In the upper coil, the volatile liquid (Freon) takes latent heat from the air around and evaporates, causing cooling in cabinet.
The vapour is removed by the pump into the lower coil outside the cabinet, where it is compressed and changes back to liquid form.
During this process, heat is given out and conducted by the copper fins to the surrounding air.
The liquid goes back to the copper coil and the cycle is repeated.
There is also a thermostat which controls the rate of evaporation and hence the temperature inside the refrigerator.

Figure 11 shows the features of a domestic refrigerator. A volatile liquid circulates through the capillary tubes under the action of the compression pump.

(i) State the reason for using a volatile liquid (1 mark)

So that it vaporizes readily/ easily

(ii) Explain how the volatile liquid is made to vaporize in the cooling compartment and to condense in the cooling fins (2 marks)

In the freezing compartment the pressure in the volatile liquid is lowered suddenly by increasing the diameter of the tube causing vaporization in the cooling fins, the pressure is increased by the compression pump and heat lost to the outside causing condensation.

Acquires heat of the surrounding causing the liquid to vaporize

(iii) Explain how cooling takes place in the refrigerator (3 marks)

When the volatile liquid evaporates, it takes away heat of vaporization to form the freezing compartment, reducing the temperature of the latter. This heat is carried away and disputed at the cooling fins where the vapour is compressed to condensation giving up heat of vaporization

(iv) What is the purpose of the double wall? (1 mark)

Reduces rate of heat transfer to or from outside ( insulates)

Reduces / minimizes, rate of conduction/ conversion of heat transfer

Revision Exercise 9

(Take specific heat capacity of water as 4 200 Jkg+K:’)

Calculate the specific heat capacity of paraffin if 22 000 J of heat is required to raise the
temperature of 1.5 kg of paraffin from 23°C to 30 °C.

A block of metal of mass 5 kg is heated to 110°C and then dropped into 1.5 kg of water.

The final temperature is found to be 50°C. What was the initial temperature of the water?
(The specific heat capacity of the metal is 460 Jkg-1K-I)

Water drops from a waterfall 84 m high. The temperature of the water at the bottom is
found to be 26.2 0c. Calculate its temperature at the top.

Teachers' Resources

Grade 2 Lesson Plans

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

Get Grade 2 Lesson Plans Free Download below:

Rationalized Free social-environment-lesson-plans-grade-2-environmental-activities

Rationalized Free swimming-lesson-plans-grade-2-movement-activities-1

Rationalized Free grade-2-rationalised-environmental-activities-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free swimming-lesson-plans-grade-2-movement-activities

Rationalized Free grade-2-rationalised-cre-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-rationalised-english-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-rationalised-ire-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-rationalised-cre-lesson-plans-term-2-1

Rationalized Free grade-2-rationalised-cre-lesson-plans-term-2-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-rationalised-creative-arts-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-oxford-everyday-hygiene-and-nutrition-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-oxford-everyday-hygiene-and-nutrition-lesson-plans-term-2-1

Rationalized Free grade-2-nppe-english-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-nyota-ya-kiswahili-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free Grade-2-klb-visionary-cre-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-klb-visionary-movement-activities-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-klb-visionary-music-activities-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-mtp-environmental-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free care-for-the-environment-lesson-plans-grade-2-environmental-activities

Rationalized Free grade-2-jkf-mathematics-lesson-plans-term-2

Rationalized Free the-holy-bible-lesson-plans-grade-2-cre-word-format

Rationalized Free grade-2-mathematics-activities-term-2-lesson-plans-word-format

Rationalized Free care-for-the-environment-lesson-plans-grade-2-environmental-activities-1

Rationalized Free grade-2-art-design-activities-lesson-plans-19-36-term-2

Rationalized Free grade-2-art-and-craft-pattern-making-lesson-plans-word-format

Teachers' Resources

Bushiangala Technical Training Institute Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

Bushiangala Technical Training Institute Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Bushiangala Technical Training Institute is situated in Kakamega South Sub-County in Kakamega County. It is located off Sigalagala –Bukura road approximately 10 Kilometers from Sigalagala and about 18 Kilometers from Kakamega Town.

This Institute was started as a skills upgrading center in 1991 by voluntary service overseas over years under the support of the European Economic Commission. The main objective of the Institute was to upgrade skills for Youth Polytechnic graduates, instructors, and managers.

The Voluntary Service Overseas Group withdrew from the institute in 1993 and it was taken over by the Ministry of Labour which replaced the short-term training courses with Artisan and Craft courses. The then Ministry of Higher Education Science and Technology formally took over the running of Bushiangala Technical Training Institute in 2008.

The institute has acquired a parcel of land measuring 12 hectares and it is in the process of acquiring more land.

It has a modern Administration block; a Tuition block, a laboratory complex, workshops, men’s and ladies’ hostels, and an ultra-modern resource center which is nearing completion.

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION

STATE DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL TRAINING

BUSHIANGALA TECHNICAL TRAINING INSTITUTE

P.O. BOX 2227 – 50100 KAKAMEGA E- MAIL: bushiangalatechnical@yahoo.com Website: www.bushiangalatechnical.ac.ke

Cell Phone: 0702092440 /0792708482/0721280180

FULL TIME COURSES JANUARY/MAY/SEPTEMBER INTAKE

FULL TIME COURSES	QUALIFICATIONS	DURATION	EXAM BODY
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Civil Engineering (Module)	C- [MINUS] and above	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in Building Technology (Module)	C- [MINUS] and above	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in Water Technology(Module)	C- [MINUS] and above	9 Terms	KNEC
Craft in Building Technology (Module)	D or Artisan Cert	9 Terms	KNEC
Craft in Carpentry(TEP)	D or Artisan Cert	6 Terms	KNEC
Craft in plumbing (TEP)	D or Artisan Cert	6 Terms	KNEC
Artisan in Masonry (TEP)	D- and above	6 Terms	KNEC
Artisan in Plumbing (TEP)	D- and above	6 Terms	KNEC
APPLIED SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Applied Biology(Module)	C- and above	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma Analytical Chemistry	C- and above	9 Terms	KNEC
Certificate in Science Laboratory Technology(Module)	D and above	6 Terms	KNEC
Certificate in General Agriculture	D and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
CLOTHING AND TEXTILES
Diploma in Fashion Design & Clothing Tech. (Modular)	C- [MINUS]	9 Terms	KNEC
Craft in Fashion Design & Garment making (Modular)	D or Artisan Cert	6 Terms	KNEC
Craft in Food & Beverage	D and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Artisan Course in Garment Making (TEP)	D- and above	6 Terms	KNEC
Artisan In Food & Beverage	D- and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Beauty Therapy & Hair Dressing	STD 8 OR D- and above	6 Terms	KNEC/NITA
MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Welding & Fabrication (Modular)	C- & Craft Cert	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in Automotive Engineering (Modular)	C- & Craft Cert	9 Terms	KNEC
Craft in Welding & Fabrication (Modular)	D or Artisan Cert	6 Terms	KNEC
Craft in Automotive Engineering (Modular)	D or Artisan Cert	6 Terms	KNEC
Artisan in Motor Vehicle Mechanics (TEP)	D- and above	6 Terms	KNEC
Artisan in Welding & Fabrication (TEP)	D- and above	6 Terms	KNEC
BUSINESS DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Supplies Chain Management (Module I,II,III)	C– or Pass in relevant Mod	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma Community Devt & Social Work (Module I,II,III )	C– or Pass in relevant Mod	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma Business Management (Module I,II,III )	C– or Pass in relevant Mod	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in Human Resource (Module I,II,III)	C– or Pass in relevant Mod	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in Sales & Marketing (Module I,II,III)	C– or Pass in relevant Mod	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in Co-Operative Management (Module I,II,III)	C– or Pass in relevant Mod	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in Entrepreneurship (Module I,II,III)	C– or Pass in relevant Mod	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in Project Management (Module I,II,III)	C– or Pass in relevant Mod	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in Clerical Operations (Module I,II,III)	C– or Pass in relevant Mod	9 Terms	KNEC
Accounting Technician Diploma(ATD)	C- and above	9 Terms	KASNEB
Certified Public Accountant (CPA)	C+ and C+ in English & Math	9 Terms	KASNEB
Certificate in Business Management (Module I,II)	D [PLAIN] and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Certificate in Clerical Operations (Module I,II)	D [PLAIN] and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Certificate in Project Management (Module I,II)	D [PLAIN] and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Certificate Human Resource (Module I,II)	D [PLAIN] and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Certificate Community Dev. & Social Work (Module I,II)	D [PLAIN] and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Craft Supplies Chain Management (Module I,II)	D[PLAIN] and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Craft Secretarial Duties (Single & Group) – (Modular)	D[PLAIN] and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Craft in Co-Operative Management (Module I,II)	D[PLAIN] and Above	6 Terms	KNEC

Craft in sales and marketing (Module I,II)	D[PLAIN] and Above	6 Terms	KNEC
Artisan Store Keeping (TEP)	D- and above	6 Terms	KNEC
COMPUTER & I.C.T DEPARTMENT
Diploma in Computer Science	C- and Above	9 Terms	KNEC
Diploma in ICT (Modular)	C- and above	9 Terms	KNEC
Certificate Information Technology (Modular)	D and above	6 Terms	KNEC
Adope Photoshop – Photos	Form 4	4 months	BUSTTI
Corel draw – Design	Form 4	4 months	BUSTTI
Statistical applications SSPS, STATA	Form 4	4 months	BUSTTI
Computer Packages (CSK)	Form 4	4 months	Computer Society of Kenya
Auto CAD , Archicad	Form 4	4 months	BUSTTI
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Diploma in Electrical & Electronics Eng. (Power) (Modular)	C- and above	9 Terms	KNEC
Craft in Electrical & Electronics Eng. (Modular)	D and above	9 Terms	KNEC
Artisan in Electrical Installation (TEP)	D- and above	6 Terms	KNEC

NOTE: Three (3) months Industrial Attachment is Compulsory for ALL courses.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES:

Apply to THE PRINCIPAL, BUSHIANGALA TTI, P.O. BOX 2227-50100, KAKAMEGA, Dully completed application forms should be returned together with copies of KCPE,KCSE slip/Certificate, Leaving Certificate, National ID Card, 4 passport size photos and non-refundable application fee of 500, the Application forms can be obtained from the office.

Application can also be made by sending an SMS to any of the Cell Phone Numbers indicating 1. Names Course 3. K.C.S.E/K.C.P. E Mean Grade 4. Postal / Email Address 5. Desired Intake 6. Include your Telephone Number in the SMS 7. ID number.

BUSHIANGALA TECHNICAL SUPPORTS

Teachers' Resources

Grade 8 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

Get Grade 8 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-1

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MS (1)

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MS (2)

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MS

G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NUTRITION-MS-1

G8-CREATIVE-AND-SPORTS-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-CREATIVEAND-SPORTS-MS (1)

G8-CREATIVEAND-SPORTS-MS

G8-CREATIVEAND-SPORTS-MS-1

G8-ENGLISH-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-2

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-MS (1)

G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-MS

G8-MATHEMATICS-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-RELIGIOUS-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-RELIGIOUS-MS

G8-SOCIAL

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES-AND-CRE-ANSWER-BOOKLET

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES-MARKING-SCHEME

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES-MARKING-SCHEME-1

G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES-MS

G8-SST-MKS

G8-SST-QTNS

GRADE-8-CRE-NOTES-TERM-1

GRADE-8-CRE-NOTES-TERM-2

GRADE-8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-NOTES

GRADE-8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-NOTES-TERM-2

GRADE-8-IRE-NOTES

GRADE-8-PRE-TECHNICAL-NOTES

GRADE-8-RATIONALIZED-AGRIC-NUTRITION-NOTES-TERM-1

GRADE-8-RATIONALIZED-AGRIC-NUTRITION-NOTES-TERM-1-1

grade-8-rationalized-agriculture-and-nutrition-lesson-notes

grade-8-rationalized-c-r-e-notes-term-2

grade-8-rationalized-integrated-science-lesson-notes-term-2

grade-8-rationalized-pre-technical-studies-lesson-notes-complete

GRADE-8-TERM-2-PRETECHNICAL-NOTES

grade-8-term-2-rationalized-french-notes

grade-8-term-2-rationalized-french-notes-1

grade-8-term-2-rationalized-french-notes-2

Latest Grade 8 Exams Free Downloads

Grade 8 Rationalized Work of Records Covered

Grade 8 Latest Rationalized Notes

Grade 8 Latest Exam Papers with Answers {Best Collection}

Grade 8 Rationalized Schemes of Work

Grade 8 Rationalized Term 2 Schemes of Work

Grade 8 Schemes of Work

Grade 8 Free CBC Exams

Grade 8 Free Lesson Plans For All Subjects

Grade 8 schemes of work Free download pdf {Term 1, 2 & 3 Free)

Grade 8 Rationalized Notes

Grade 8 Rationalized Term 2 CBC Schemes of Work

Grade 8 CBC Exams and Marking Schemes (Junior Secondary Free Exams)

Grade 8 Free CBC exams Plus Marking schemes

Grade 8 CBC Curriculum Designs released by KICD

Grade 8 CBC free Schemes of works

Grade 8 Latest Term 1 CBC Schemes of Work

Grade 8 Free Resources: Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work Pdf

Free Grade 8 CBC Notes and Schemes of Work

CBC Grade 8 Free Exam Papers & Answers

Grade 8 Free Termly Assessment Exams

CBC Grade 8 Exams, Notes, Schemes & Assessment Materials

Grade 8 JSS Free Exams for all subjects

Grade 8 Free Exams- Download free CBC Exams

Grade 8 Past KNEC Exam Papers & Answers

Grade 8 Free CBC Exam Papers & Answers

Free Grade 8 CBC Notes Download – Comprehensive Study Materials

Latest Grade 8 Exams Free Downloads

CBC Grade 8 Exam Papers & Answers

Grade 8 CBC Schemes of Work – Free Download

Grade 8 EXAMS PDF

Free Grade 8 EXAMS 2024

Grade 8 KNEC exam 2024

CBC Grade 8 Exams

Grade 8 Exams 2024 Term 2 PDF download

Grade 8 Exams 2024 Term 3

Grade 8 Exams 2024 PDF download

Free grade 8 Exams 2025

Teachers' Resources

KCPE 2023 Science Commonly Tested Questions

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

COMMONLY KCPE TESTED QUESTIONS

SCIENCE

200 PREICTION QUESTIONS

Time: 2 Hours 30 Mins

Which blood vessel carries pure blood rich in oxygen from the lungs to the heart?
Which of the following pairs of drugs consists only of illegal drugs in Kenya?
1. Bhang and mandrax
2. Tobbaco and tea
3. Coffee and alcohol
4. Inhalants and miraa
Which one of the following minerals works 6. hand in hand with platelets in clotting after an injury?
1. Iron
2. Calcium
3. Phosphorus
4. Vitamin D
Which one of the following stages of HIV/ AIDS infection does one look health with no visible signs but tests positive?
1. Incubation
2. Window period
3. Symptomatic
4. Full blown AIDS
Which one of the following is not a function of the placenta?
1. Nourishes the embryo
2. Produces hormones that maintain pregnancy
3. Facilitates the transfer of wastes
4. Lubricates the birth canal during birth
Which one of the following sexually transmitted infections has a painless sore on the genitals as one of the signs?
1. Syphilis
2. Gonorrhoea
3. Chancroid
4. Genital herpes
Which of the following is the main constituent of a balanced diet obtained by animals when they feed on rice husks?
1. Carbohydrates
2. Proteins
3. Vitamins
4. Mineral salts
Which one of the following is not an example of rotational grazing?
1. Strip
2. Paddocking
3. Tethering
4. Zero grazing
Which one of the following is the cheapest material for modelling the solar system?
1. Clay
2. Softboard
3. Plasticine
4. Pins
The following are some uses of components of air:
1. manufacturing of electric bulbs
2. supports burning

manufacture of soft drinks

germination of seeds
putting out fire

Which of the uses are for carbondioxide?

A certain lever when in use, can work with load, effort and pivot at different positions as shown in the diagrams below.

Which one of the following levers is described by the diagrams shown above?

Wheelbarrow
Spade
Crow bar
Claw hammer

Which method of separating mixtures can be used to separate wheat flour from husks?
1. Picking
2. Filtering
3. Sieving
4. Winnowing
In a food chain, which organisms should be the most abundant?
1. Producers
2. Tertiary consumers
3. Primary consumers
4. Secondary consumers
The transfer of heat through solids and gases respectively is
Which one of the following statements is not true about the solar system
1. Mars is the fourth planet from the sun.
2. Jupiter is the largest planet.
3. We use glue to mount the planets to the orbit
4. Venus is the brightest planet
Materials which allow some light to pass through them but one cannot see them clearly are called
The largest component of the environment on the surface of earth is 18.Which water bone disease can be controlled covering pit latrine after use?
Which type of soil erosion can be prevented by mulching?
Which one of the following is a natural source of light?
1. Moon
2. Torch
3. Electricity
4. Firefly
A ruler placed slanting in water appears broken. This is because light
The diagram below represents a set-up that can be used to demonstrate a certain aspect of heat.

After some time, the wax melted due to;

Which one of the following crop pests attacks and destroys crops by drilling holes in stored grains?
1. White ants
2. Weevil
3. Stalk borers
4. Cutworms
Which one of the following plants stores food in the same part of the plant as sugarcane?
1. Carrot
2. sweet potato
3. Irish potatoes
4. Cassava
A bean seed stores food in the
The following are characteristics of certain animals:
1. body covered with scales
2. lay eggs
3. cold blooded
4. breath through lungs

Which one of the following pairs of animal has all the characteristics listed?

Turtle and shark
Lizard and tortoise
Tilapia and frog
Crocodile

Which one of the following is true about friction. Friction can be
1. Increased by streamlining
2. reduced by treading
3. used to make work easier
4. measured using a spring balance
Which one of the following food stuffs constitutes a balanced diet?
1. Potatoes, beans, eggs
2. Chicken, cabbage, beans
3. Rice, chapati, beans Peas, ugali, spinach
Repairing leaking taps specifically helps in
Given below are descriptions of a certain stage of HIV infection
lt lasts between 6 weeks to 12 years
If a medical test is done, the presence of HIV are discovered in the sample of blood.

The infected person looks normal and healthy Can infect other people

Which stage of HIV is described above?

Which one of the following is not a way of using water sparingly?
1. Reusing domestic water for irrigation
2. Use of drip irrigation
3. Closing taps that are not in use
4. Repairing leaking pipes
Which one of the following food stuffs contain mainly fats?
1. Milk
2. Beans
The following are characteristics of certain types of clouds
1. white in colour
2. appear like bundles of cotton

dark grey in colour mountainous in shape

Which pair of features are for cumulus clouds?

Which one of the following is not an effect of livestock diseases?
1. Blood in the stool.
2. Reduced yield.
3. Low quality products.
Which one of the following activities can be used to demonstrate sheet erosion pouring water?
1. Different positions on a slanting surface
2. In channels of soil on slanting surface
3. On a flat surface soil
4. On a flat surface using a tin with many holes
Which one of the following pairs consists only of materials that are non-magnetic?
1. Copper and aluminium
2. Steel and zinc
3. Silver and steel
4. Iron and aluminium
Which one of the following activities will make a bottle top that was floating to sink in water?
1. Increasing the amount of water
2. Raising the container with water
3. Changing the water into another container
4. Crushing the bottle top
Which one of the following ways of improving soil fertility will take the longest time for plants to get nutrients using?
1. Compost manure B. Compound fertilizer
2. Farmyard manure D. Green manure
Which type of soil easily drains water?
Which one of the following is not a practice for maintaining simple tools?
1. Oiling
2. Using for the right purpose
3. Sharpening
4. Storing in a safe place
Newton is a unit for measuring?
Which one of the following consists only of sexually transmitted infections?
1. Bilharzia and cholera
2. Anaemia and malaria
3. Syphilis and typhoid
4. Gonorrhoea and syphilis
Which one of the following is not a feature of plants that grow in wet areas?
1. Feathery roots
2. Floating flowers
3. Deep roots D. Air sacs
Which one of the following is not a characteristic of carnivores?
1. Well spaced teeth
2. Long and sharp canines
3. Presence of carnassial teeth
4. Presence of a diastema
Corrugated iron sheets can be damaged when they come into contact with
Which one of the following is a modern method of food preservation?
1. Salting B. Smoking
2. Use of honey
3. Canning
Which one of the following groups consists of only cash crops?
1. Maize, tea, yams
2. Coffee, tea, cocoa
3. Banana, orange, carrot
4. Coconut, maize, beans
The purpose of using rollers to move a load is to
The following are activities followed when making a simple beam balance but not in the correct order
1. fix the stand to the base
2. suspend the arm to find the balancing point

make the arm, stand and base

suspend the tins using strings
fix the arm to the stand

Which one of the following is the correct order of activities?

(iii), (ii), (i), (v), (iv)
(iii), (ii), (v), (iv), (i)
(iii), (ii), (i), (iv), (v)

Which one of the following is not a source of electricity?
1. Dynamol
2. Dry cells.
3. Solar panel
4. Torch
All drugs below are NARCOTICS except
1. khat B. bhang
2. cocaine D. heroin
Which one of the blood component below helps to stop bleeding after an injury? A.Red blood cells.
3. White blood cells.
The diagram below shows a mammalian heart.

Which blood vessel above carries oxygenated blood to the heart?

The male sex cells in a human being are produced in the ___________________
Which pair of small animals below belong to the same group as a spider? A.Tick and tsetse fly.
1. Mite and crab.
2. Ants and termites.
3. Scorpion and mite.
Excessive taking of alcohol causes a disease of the liver called:
The diagram below shows a weather instrument.

Which statement is not correct about the above instrument? A.Its narrow end points where the wind blowing to.

It measures the strength and direction of wind.
It has black and white stripes.
It can be made with pole, wire and a mosquito net.

Which component of environment is found in all other components?
The addictive element in cigarette is called:
Digestion of cooked beans starts in the:
Which statement below is true about immunization of the infants?
1. DPT protects the child against diptheria polio and tetanus
2. BCG is given at the age of birth and 9 months
3. Anti-measles is given through injection
4. Anti-polio is administered through an injection
Which one of the following is not a social effect of drugs? A.Accidents.
3. Impaired judgement.
All the following are common communi- cable diseases which one is not?
1. Tuberculosis
2. Tetanus
3. Malaria
4. Typhoid

Which one of the following is not an importance of HIV-testing? To A.Decide on marriage.
1. Change behaviour.
2. Campaign for HIV/AIDS spread.
3. Plan for the dependant.
Std 6 pupils did the experiment below to investigate a certain property of light.

The property of light investigated is: 66.The diagram below shows a flower

Which part above represents parts of a stamen?

Which one of the food crops below represents cereals only?
1. Oats, maize, peas
2. Groundnuts, grams, peas
3. Ovacado, sugarcane, maize
4. Millets, sorghum, barley
Beans seeds can germinate without, ___________________________
Which drug is stimulant when abused in small amount and depresant when abused in large amount?
The following are signs and symptoms of a certain water borne disease

i.fever ii.abdominal pains iii. skin rashes iv. joint and muscle aches

The above diseases is likely to be:

Which is the 4th and 6th planet in the solar system from the sun?
1. Earth and Jupiter
2. Mars and Jupiter
3. Mars and Saturn
4. Jupiter and Uranus
Which of the following pair of methods of food preservation makes both modern and traditional methods of food preservation
1. Drying and freezing
2. Low temperature and drying
3. Smoking and drying
4. Salting and smoking
Which one of the following is not a function of leaves of a green plant?
1. Breathing
2. Transpiration
3. Absorption
4. Photosynthesis
Which one of the following is not a myth and misconception about HIV/AIDS?
1. AIDS victims are always thin
2. Sex with a virgin cares AIDS
3. AIDS is a curse from God
4. AIDS has no cure
The type of soil erosion that can be prevented by building porous dams is the
Which property of soil determines the rate of drainage in soil?
Which lever below has the effort between load and fulcrum?
1. Fishing rod
2. Wheelbarrow
3. Claw hammer
4. Bottle opener
Which one of the following is not a function of all leaves in green plants?
1. Making food
2. Losing excess water
3. Exchange of gases
4. Food storage
After fertilization in a female the implan- tation takes place in the:
Which stage of HIV infection does the patient test negative but can infect others?
The type of teeth used for tearing off meat also:
1. have rough tops
2. are sharp pointed C.have two roots

D.are chisel-shaped

A brightly coloured flower
1. has feathery stigma
2. produces light pollen grains C. are small in size
3. has few heavy pollen grains
A mixture of salt and sand can be separated by
The force that resists motion is measured in
Which one of the following shows correctly the excretory organ and the wastes excreted

Organ wastes

Skin water,urea,carbondioxide
Kidney water, salt,carbondioxide
Lungs carbon dioxide,water,salt
Kidneys water,urea,salt

Which one of the following is not a use of water in the industries? A.Making fountains.
1. Cleaning coffee berries.
2. Cooling machines.
Which one of the following is correct about bat, frog and snake?
1. They have scales
2. They lay eggs
3. Have varying body temperature
4. Breath through lungs.
Boat racing is a use of water in
Which one of the following is not true about the concentrates as animal feeds?
1. Contains high nutrient contents
2. Have high moisture content
3. Supplement other feeds
4. Are generally bought from shops
The following are uses of heat except
1. ironing
2. cooking
3. keeping pests away
4. drying
Which one of the following is the BEST method of controlling weeds in a nursery bed
1. Digging out
2. Using chemicals
3. Uprooting
4. Slashing
Which group of material below does not allow the light to pass thorugh?
1. Mirror, titnted glass, milk
2. Air, dirty water, stone
3. Skylight, oiled paper, frosted glass
4. Mirror, milk, dirty water.
Which type of weed has very strong smell and can be used as a pesticide?
In a human breathing system when the diaphragm flattens:
Which of ,the followinig physical changes in adolescence tatakes place in boys only?
1. Increase in weight and height
2. wet dreams
3. produce sex cells
4. hips broadens
Which group of plants below are green non-flowering plants only?
1. Pine, sugarcane, cactus
2. Yeast, mould, mushrooms
3. Cider, algae, ferns
4. Banana,sugarcane,grass
Wires of the same material and thickness but of different lengths labelled R,T, S and M were fixed on a wooden plunk as shown below.

Which wire produced the highest sound when plucked?

What is the main use of fibre in the diet
When soil is strongly burnt in a tin to produce smoke, it shows that soil
Which two forms of energy requires a medium to be transferred from one point to the other?
Which one of the following is not a necessary condition for seeds to germinate? A.Moisture.
The pests that burrow in the maize plant while it is growing are
Which one of the following is the best method for Lucy to use to control weeds on a very small piece of land with vegetables? A.Using herbicides.
2. Digging out.
3. Burning them.
The loudness or softness of sound is its
When light moves from one medium to another, it A.bounces.
3. is absorbed.
The materials which allow some light to pass through improve privacy.
1. enable one to see clearly.
2. are said to be transparent.
3. are used to make car windscreens.
In order to increase the rate at which a substance dissolves in a solvent, one shouldn’t
Which statement below does not describe cumulus clouds? They A.are dark grey in colour.
1. are white and cotton like.
2. form high in the sky.
3. have a flat base.
Which substance below has a definite mass but no definite shape? A.Flour.
2. Office glue.
The diagram below shows the composition of air.

The part which makes bulbs glow without blowing is labelled

The vaccines given to a baby at birth prevents them against
Which one of the following is not a reason for preserving food? To avoid wastage of the food.
1. sell the food when prices are favourable.
2. consume the food when nutrients are plenty.
3. keep the food for future use.
Which one of the following human intestinal worms can one get by eating raw meat?
Which one of the following methods of preserving food is modern? A.Smoking.
1. Using honey.
Which of thee following sets of foodstuffs is suitable for a child suffering from marasmus?
1. Apples, eggs, oranges, meat.
2. Beans, kales, mangoes, sweet potatoes.
3. Rice, bananas, maize, cabbage.
4. Sausages, potatoes, chicken, cooked bananas.
Which one of the following is not an effect of heat on matter? A.Expansion.
The following are activities that take place during breathing:
Volume of the chest cavity decreases. ii. Ribs move upwards and outwards.
- Lungs shrink.

The diaphragm muscles relax.

Which of the activities take place during breathing out?

The diagram below shows the approximate percentages of the gases that make up air.

Which one of the following processes does not require the part labelled L? A.Combustion.

Making plant food.

When the arrow head of a windvane points to the south, it shows that wind is the blowing from
Which one of the following levers has the position of the load between the effort and the fulcrum when in use?
2. Claw hammer.
Which one of the following statements is not correct about liquids?
1. Some liquids expand when frozen.
2. Liquids contract when heated.
3. Liquids expand when heated.
4. Liquids expand more than solids when heated.
Which one of the following is not a way or reducing the force that opposes motion?
1. Making treads.
2. Using rollers.
4. Using grease and lubricating oil.
Which of the pairs below shows major non-living components of the environment?
1. Light and sound.
2. Animals and plants.
3. Air and water.
4. Soil and heat.
Which one of the following is not a source of electric current?
1. Car battery.
3. Water fall.
4. Wind turbines. 125.Weeds should be
Which of the following animals are kept mainly for mutton production?
1. Sheep and pigs.
2. Goats and sheep.
3. Cattle and camels.
4. Goats and camels.
Which one of the following is not a method of rotational grazing?
1. Zero grazing.
3. Paddocking
4. Strip grazing.
The most appropriate method of controlling the type of erosion commonly experienced along the roofs is
Which small animals below is not classified in the same group as spider?
1. Mite
2. Scorpion
3. Tick
4. Crab
Which one of the following is the function of fibre in the diet? Fibre
1. helps in digestion of food.
2. adds more nutrients to the body.
3. helps in the removal of undigested food.
4. helps in absorption of digested food.
Which one of the following is not likely to increase the pressure of a liquid in a container?
1. Increasing the amount of liquid.
2. Reducing the diameter of the container.
3. Using a narrow container.
4. Raising the container.
Which one of the following plants does not manufacture its own food?
The following are the processes of germination of a seed but not in order:
Emergence of the plumule. ii. Absorption of water and air.
- Bursting of the testa.

Emergence of the radicle.

Which one of the following is the correct order?

Which one of the following pairs of diseases can be controlled through draining away stagnant water?
1. Bilharzia and malaria.
2. Bilharzia and typhoid.
3. Cholera and typhoid.
4. Cholera and malaria.
Which one of the following is a way of controlling the spread of HIV/AIDS among the youth?

A.Using condoms.

Sticking to one faithful uninfected partner.
Creating awareness.

In which of the following is the force of friction least needed? A.Closing the door.
1. Walking downhill.
2. Writing on the chalkboard.
3. Stopping a speeding motor cycle.
Which one of the following groups has animals with similar characteristics?
1. Beetle, scorpion, ant.
2. Mite, wasp, spider.
3. Termite, tick, grasshopper
4. Wasp, ant, housefly
Which one of the following methods of soil conservation can be used effectively to control the type of sail erosion shown below?

A.Mulching

Contour farming
Terracing
over cropping

Which of the following prevents a baby from shock and bumps? A.Umbilical cord.
2. Amniotic sac.
3. Amniotic fluid.
Which of the following components is found in all environments?
Which one of the following does not lead to air pollution?
1. Smoking bhang in public.
2. Spraying farm chemicals and aerosols.
3. Vehicle exhaust fumes.
4. Use of excessive fertilizers.
Which of the following statements is not correct about separation of mixtures?
1. Picking is used to separate big solid particles.
2. Winnowing is suitable for separating a mixture of light and heavy solid particles.
3. Sieving separates a mixture of small and large solid particles.
4. A mixture of magnetic materials can be separated using a magnet.
Which one of the following is an effect of excessive use of fertilizer as a water pollutant?

A.Excessive growth of water weeds

Water-borne diseases
Suffocation of water animals
Increase of water animals

Which one of the following mammals does not give birth to a live young one? A.Whale.
3. Nile perch.
Repairing leaking taps specifically helps in

A.re-using water well

B.harvesting rain water

C.using water sparingly

A metallic nail sinks in water while a metallic ship floats on water. This is due to the difference in
Which one of the following is not a source of electricity?
1. Dynamol
2. Dry cells.
3. Solar panel
4. Torch
Which statement about vertebrates is correct?

A.Fish and amphibians are warm blooded.

B.Mammals and birds give birth to live young ones.

C.Reptiles and birds have internal fertilization.

D.Fish and birds have external fertilization.

Which pair of blood vessels is correctly matched with the nature of blood in it?

	Deoxygenated	Oxygenated
A.	Aorta	venacava
B.	Venacava	pulmonary artery
C.	Pulmonary artery	aorta
D.	Pulmonary vein	aorta

During a science lesson pupils setup the experiment as shown below to investigate factor that affect sinking and flowing.

Both material floated because of their

When breathing in;
An empty metallic ship floats on water because of
The blood vessels that carries blood from the lungs to the heart and from the heart to the body respectively are
In the female reproductive system, a zygote is formed in the
Which one of the following vaccines is administered at birth?
1. BCG
2. Anti-measles
3. DPT
4. Anti-malaria
Which one of the following animals does not breast feed its young ones?
1. Whale
2. Bat
3. Shark
4. Seal
The windvane below was made by pupils using materials found in their school.

Which one of the following statements is incorrect about the instrument above? A.It shows the wind direction.

The arrow head should be small than the tail.
It should be place away from buildings.
Its arrowhead points the direction where the wind is blowing to.

Which one of the following livestock parasites attacks the livestock without living on it?
1. Tick
2. Tsetse fly
3. Flea
4. Mite
Which type of teeth below is incorrectly matched with its function?
1. Canine – cutting
2. Incisors – biting
3. Premolar – chewing
4. Molar – grinding
What is cross pollination?
Which one of the following explains the function of white blood cells? A.Combine with oxygen.
1. Fight the disease causing germs.
2. Carry digested food materials.
3. Clothing the blood.
Which animals provides mutton and dairy?
Children born to a smoking mother during pregnancy are least likely to be
Which one of the process following takes place immediately after sperms cell and ovum unite?
1. Fertilization
2. Ovulation
3. Implantation Menstruation 165. The chart below shows the classification of plants.

Which one of the following correctly shows the plant represented by letters M, N, and P?

	M	N	P
A Maize Ferns Cypress
B Lichen Algae Mushroom
C Beans Cactus Puff balls
D	Acacia	Cedar	Toadstool

Which one of the following shows major non-living components of environment? A.Animals, plants.
1. Sound, light, heat.
2. Soil, stones, plants.
3. Soil, air, water.
The most effective method of controlling the spread of HIVIAIDS among the youth is by
Miraa, tobacco and alcohol have one thing in common which one is it? They are
Which one of the following does not show how plants and animals depend on each other?

A.Animals getting shade B.Birds sheltering on trees.

Animals getting carbon dioxide from green plants.

The diagram below shows an improvised simple liquid thermometer.

Which one of the following would make it measure slight changes in temperature? A.Tightening the cork.

Making the straw and small narrower.
Raising the temperature.
Adding more coloured water.

In a food chain, cabbages can be classified under
When carrying out an experiment on drainage in soil, what does not need to be the same?
The illustration below shows the changes of states in matter.

Liquid Which two processes require an increase in temperature?

Heat from the sun reaches the leaves of the plants through a process called
Below are characteristics of matter,

i.Definite shape. ii.Definite size. iii.Definite mass.

Which one of the above best describe paraffin?

The second and seventh planets in the solar system respectively are:
Wires of the same material and thickness but of different lengths labelled R,T, S and M were fixed on a wooden plunk as shown below.

Which wire produced the highest sound when plucked?

Which one of the following is not a function of leaves of a green plant?

A.Breathing

B.Transpiration

C.Absorption

D.Photosynthesis

Which one of the following is not a cereal crop?
1. Maize
2. Oats
3. Beans
4. Sorghum
Which crop pest below is not correctly matched with the part of the plant it attacks?

A.Aphids – All kinds of grains

B.Weaver birds – Grains of cereals

C.Stalk borers – Inside of the stems

D.Cut worms – Stem of young plants.

Weeds should be
Which parts of a flower makes the male parts?
Which one of the following weeds has thorns and green fruits which turn yellow when ripe?

A.Oxalis

B.Sódom apple

C.Wondering jew

D.Black jack

Which one of the following is not an effect of livestock diseases? A.Blood in the stool.

B.Reduced yield.

C.Low quality products.

D.Death.

Which small animals below is not classified in the same group as spider?

A.Mite

B.Scorpion

C.Tick

D.Crab

Which one of the following is not a use of water in the industries? A.Making fountains.
Cleaning coffee berries.

C.Cooling machines.

D.Irrigation.

When fertilizer is used excessively to improve the quality of the soil, it may lead to
Sheet erosion can be controlled by
What is the importance of adding manure when preparing compost manure? 190. Which one of the following methods of food preservation dehydrates food?

A.Canning

B.Freezing

C.Use of low temperature

D.Drying.

Which one of the following is the BEST method of controlling weeds in a nursery bed

A.Digging out

B.Using chemicals

C.Uprooting

D.Slashing

During a class experiment, pupils mixed all the liquids below in one glass bottle.
Water F. Milk
1. Kerosene
2. Cooking oil

How many layers were formed after mixing?

Which one of the following is the most effective methods of separating a mixture of insoluble solid from liquid?

A.Filtering

B.Winnowing

C.Sieving

D.Decantation

Below is a pie chart that shows different air components in their relative amounts

Which one of the following is NOT function of the part of the air labelled Z on the pie chart?

A.Supporting burning

B.Good for photosynthesis

C.Preserves soft drinks

D.Making fire extinguishers

The soil that holds the least amount of water

A.has the highest capillarity

B.makes the longest ribbons

C.has the largest air spaces

D.is sticky when wet.

The force that opposes movement is measured using
Which one of the following methods of soil conservation can be used effectively to control the type of sail erosion shown below?

A.Mulching

B.Contour farming

C.Terracing

D.Cover cropping

Which one of the following is not a source of electricity?

A.Dynamol

B.Dry cells.

C.Solar panel

D.Torch

During a science lesson pupils setup the experiment as shown below to investigate factor that affect sinking and flowing.

Both material floated because of their 200. What is convection?

Teachers' Resources

Free Knec KPSEA Grade Six CBC Exams plus Targeter, Compass, Distinction, Signal, Timer and High Point Revision Exams

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

Free Knec KPSEA Grade Six CBC Exams – Boost Your Performance

Access free Knec KPSEA Grade Six CBC exams and improve your scores with our comprehensive revision tools. Don’t miss out!

ENGLISH SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

October 5, 2025 Maverick John Leave a comment

ENGLISH FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	punctuation	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Pronounce correctly the sounds /i/ and /i./ · Demonstrate the difference between spelling and pronunciation in english	· Listening to the sounds /i/ and /i./ · Asking and answering questions · Discussion in groups	· Audio tapes · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 1 · Teachers guide page 17-18 · Gateway secondary revision page 1-4 and 12 · Old integrated English, teachers Book page 1
	2	READING	comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a given passage and answer the questions provided	· Reading · Discussion in groups · Writing · Asking and answering questions	· Stories · Dictionary · Resource person · anecdote	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 5 · Teachers guide page 19 · Gateway secondary revision page 58 · Old integrated English, teachers Book page
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Using a dictionary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Arrange words as they should be in a dictionary · Give meaning of words from the dictionary · Give classes of words from the dictionary	· Reading · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Dictionary · chart	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 2-4 · Teachers guide page 19 · Gateway secondary revision page 58 · Old integrated English, teachers Book page 2-6 · New integrated English students book page 15
	4	READING	comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a given passage and respond to the questions given appropriately	· Reading the comprehension · Listening to the comprehension · Discussion in groups · Writing the comprehension answers	· Stories · anecdotes	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 5-7 · Teachers guide page 19 · Gateway secondary revision page 64 · Old integrated English, teachers Book page · New integrated English students book page
	5	GRAMMER	Parts of speech	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the nine parts of speech · Demonstrate the ability to use the various parts of speech in sentences	· Discussion in groups · Asking and answering questions · Note taking · Explanations ·	· A – Journal · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 7-9 · Teachers guide page 20-21 · Gateway secondary revision page 75-129 · Old integrated English, teachers Book page · New integrated English students book page 61
	6	WRITING	handwriting	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to write legibly · Develop a good writing posture · Demonstrate the correct way of holding a pen · Demonstrate the correct way of shaping letters of the alphabet	· Writing letters of the alphabet in ascending order · Discussion in groups	· Video tapes · Charts · Text books	· Head start secondary English book 1 – students book page 6-7 · Teachers guide page 3 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 9-11 · Teachers guide page 20-21 · Gateway secondary revision page 75-129 · Old integrated English, teachers Book page · New integrated English students book page 53
2	1	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Infer meanings of words · Use a dictionary appropriately	· Reading new words · Discussion of the meaning of the words · Writing of the new words and their respective meanings	· dictionary · Charts · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 14-15 · Teachers guide page 23 · Gateway secondary revision page 64 · New integrated English students book page 151
	2	GRAMMER	Common nouns and proper nouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify both common nouns and proper nouns · Use common nouns and proper nouns in sentence construction	· Reading nouns · Listening to explanation · Discussion · Writing sentences	· Wall pictures · Charts · Text books	· New integrated English students book page 8-11 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 15-16 · Teachers guide page 23 · Head start secondary English book 1 – students book page 5-6
	3	WRITING	Spelling rules	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the spelling rules · Use the rules in spelling words	· Reading the spelling rules · Discussion of spelling rules · Writing sentences	· Text books · Chalk board	· New integrated English students book page 84 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 17-18
	4	WRITING	Composition	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability of writing a composition	· Listening to the teachers notes · Reading notes · Writing composition	· Excerpts of writing · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 18 · Teachers guide page 24 · Gateway secondary revision page 167-168 · old integrated English teachers book page 52
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Opening and closing formula in a story	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · identify opening and closing formula in a story	· reading a story · listening to a story · discussion in groups · writing a story	· story: the river bank twins · A resource person	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 19 · Teachers guide page 24-25
	6	PRONOUNCIATION	Vowel sounds /e/ and /ae/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · distinguish between the Vowel sounds /e/ and /ae/ and pronounce then correctly	· Listening · Reading · Discussion	· Text books · Audio tapes · charts	· old integrated English teachers book page 11 and 44 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 20 · Teachers guide page 26 · New integrated English students book page 11
3	1	STUDY SKILLS	Using a library	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the different types of libraries · Identify the materials found in a library · Identify different sections of a library	· Discussion · Writing · Responding to questions asked	· Text books · libraries	· old integrated English teachers book page 11 -13 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 20-22 · Teachers guide page 26
	2	READING COMPREHENSION	Types of comprehension question	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of the comprehension questions	· Reading · Discussing · Responding to questions asked · Reciting	· Text books · Comprehension, passages and questions	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 23-24 · Teachers guide page 26-27
	3	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Build their vocabulary through word study	· Reading · Discussion · Writing	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 25 · Teachers guide page 27 · New integrated English students book page 38-39
	4	GRAMMER	Concrete nouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify concrete nouns and use them in sentences · Demonstrate the ability to use concrete nouns in sentence construction	· Identifying concrete nouns · Reading the nouns · Writing · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Chalk board · Chalk · Door · Chair · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 25-26 · Teachers guide page 27-28 · Gateway secondary revision page 13
	5	GRAMMER	Countable and uncountable nouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify both Countable and uncountable nouns · Demonstrate the correct use of Countable and uncountable nouns in sentence and speech	· Listening to teachers notes · Discussing the types of nouns · Writing sentences	· Text books · Objects that are countable and uncountable · charts	· New integrated English students book page 25-30 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 27-28 · Teachers guide page 28 · Head start secondary English book 1 – teachers guide page 8 · Students book page 20-22
	6	WRITING	Simple sentences	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write simple sentences clearly and correctly	· Reading notes in the book · Discussion of simple sentences in groups · Writing simple	· Text books · Flash cards · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 28-29 · Teachers guide page 28
4	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Riddles	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to pose a riddle Demonstrate the ability to respond to questions from riddles	· Discussing riddles · Listening to riddles · Asking and answering questions · Writing riddles from local communities	· Text books · Audio tapes · Resource person	· old integrated English teachers book page 150 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 28 · Teachers guide page 29 · Gateway secondary revision page 23
	2	READING COMPREHENSION	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Build a wide range of vocabulary Enhance his/her vocabulary	· Reading words · Listening to passages · Writing the meanings of words · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Newspaper cut outs · dictionary	· New integrated English students book page 45-47 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 30-32 · Teachers guide page 30 · Gateway secondary revision page 75
	3	GRAMMER	Abstract nouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:	· Discussion · Listening to teachers explanation · Reading words · Writing abstract nouns	· Text books · charts	· New integrated English students book page 13-15 · Head start secondary English book 1 – teachers guide page 12-13 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 33-34
	4	WRITING	Topic sentences	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the understanding of a topical sentence	· Listening to a passage · Discussion in groups · Reading topic sentences · Writing paragraphs with topic sentences	· Sample topic sentences · Text books	· Head start secondary English book 1 – teachers guide page 37-38 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 35-37 · Teachers guide page 31 · Gateway secondary revision page 158-159
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Debate	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to take part in a debating session and also discuss issues	· Debating on a given motion · Listening to motion arguments · Writing points of the motion	· Resource person · Video tapes · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 38 · Teachers guide page 32
	6	STUDY SKILLS	Note taking	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to take notes	· Listening to a session · Reading passages · Taking notes from the listening session or passage	· Text books · Passage · Simple notes	· Head start secondary English book 1 – students book page 164 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 38-39 · Teachers guide page 33-34
5	1	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the understanding of the content of the passage	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the questions · Writing the answers to the comprehension	· Text books · Stories · anecdotes	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 39-41 · Teachers guide page 33-34 · Gateway secondary revision page 64
	2	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Infer the meanings of words demonstrate the use of a dictionary appropriately build vocabulary through word study	· Reading new words · Discussion · Writing the meaning of new words · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· New integrated English Book 1 page 47-48 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 42 · Teachers guide page 34 · Gateway secondary revision page 64
	3	GRAMMER	Number in nouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to form plurals of singular nouns	· listening to sentences · Reading the plural forms of words · Discussing how nouns form plurals	· Text books · Charts	· New integrated English Book 1 page 28-29 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 42-47 · Teachers guide page 34-35 · Head start English book 1 page 28-30
	4	WRITING	Building paragraphs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Write and organizing supporting sentences in a paragraph	· Reading paragraphs · Discussing how to write paragraphs · Writing paragraphs	· Text books · Excerpts or paragraphs	· Head start English book 1 page 51-52 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 49 · Teachers guide page 35 · Gateway secondary revision page 158
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Trickster stories	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify the various features of a trickster Demonstrate the ability to answer questions from a trickster	· Listening to trickster stories · Identifying the features of a trickster story · Discussion · Writing the answers to the trickster stories	· Text books · A trickster story · Chart	· Head start English book 1 page 32-34 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 49 · Teachers guide page 36
	6	PRONOUNCIATION	Vowel sounds /Ə/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Pronounce the sound /Ə/ correctly without difficulty Demonstrate the awareness of the difference of the vowel /Ə/ and other vowels	· Listening to the vowel /Ə/ · Reading words with vowel sound /Ə/ · Writing words with vowel sound /Ə/	· Text books · Audio tapes · Charts	· Old integrated English book 1 page 34-35 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 50 · Teachers guide page 37
6	1	READING	Comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Discuss what HIV and AIDS is Discuss how HIV and AIDS is transmitted State the symptoms of AIDS Read a passage and respond to the questions provided	· Reading a comprehension · Listening to the comprehension · Writing answers to the comprehension questions · Discussion ·	· Excerpts of newspapers · Resource person · Pictures · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 37 · Teachers guide page 37 · Head start English book 1 page 62-63 · Teachers guide page 24-25 · Gateway secondary revision page 60
	2	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Infer the meanings of words Demonstrate the use of a dictionary appropriately Build vocabulary through word study	· Reading the vocabulary · Writing the meaning of the vocabulary · Discussion · Asking and answering questions ·	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· New integrated English Book 1 page 52 · Advancing in English Book 1 · Teachers guide page 37
	3	GRAMMER	Indefinite and definite articles	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify Indefinite and definite articles Demonstrate the ability to use Indefinite and definite articles appropriately	· Listening · Reading · Writing · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Wall charts	· New integrated English Book 1 page 20-23 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 52-55 · Teachers guide page 37-38 · Gateway secondary revision page 83
	4	WRITING	Structure of the paragraph; clincher sentences	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify sentences with clincher sentences Write paragraphs with clincher sentences appropriately Identify what a clincher sentences is	· Reading · Writing · Identifying what a clincher sentence is · Discussion	· Sample paragraphs · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 38 · Teachers guide page 56 · Gateway secondary revision page 158
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening competition	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to listen to a comprehension Respond and answer questions from a passage	· Listening · discussion · Writing answers to the comprehension questions · Asking and answering questions	· Audio tapes · Text books ·	· New integrated English Book 1 page 31-32 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 57-58 · Teachers guide page 38-39 · Gateway secondary revision page 15
	6	DISCUSSION AND APPLICATION	Use of questions and facial expression	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to employ gestures and facial expressions to express meanings	· Acting scenes · Discussion · Observation · Asking and answering questions	· Video tapes · Text books ·	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 58-59 · Teachers guide page 39
7	1	STUDY SKILLS	Making notes	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to make notes from a passage	· Reading passages · Listening to passages · Making notes from the passage · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Newspaper cut-outs · Passages	· Head start English book 1 page 150 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 59-60 · Teachers guide page 39
	2	READING	Comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to read a passage Demonstrate the ability to respond to a question asked in the passage	· Reading a comprehension · Listening to a comprehension · Writing answers to a comprehension · Discussion ·	· Text books · Passage · Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 61-62 · Teachers guide page 40
	3	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Learn new words Infer their meanings Demonstrate good use of vocabulary	· Reading of new words · Writing the meanings of the vocabulary · Discussion of the meanings of the new words ·	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· New integrated English Book 1 page 15,38,47 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 63 · Teachers guide page 40
	4	GRAMMER	Personal pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify personal pronouns Demonstrate the use of personal pronouns correctly	· Reading the pronouns · Identifying pronouns in sentences · Writing sentences with pronouns	· Text books · Wall charts · Flash cards ·	· New integrated English Book 1 page 54-57 · Head start English book 1 page 48-51 · Teachers guide page 19-20 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 63-65 · Teachers guide page 40
	5	WRITING	Sequencing ideas	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the sequence ideas in a paragraph	· Listening to sentences · Reading sentences · Writing ideas in a sequence to form a paragraph	· Text books · Sample paragraphs	· Head start English book 1 page 51-52 · Teachers guide page 20 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 66-67 · Teachers guide page 41
	6	WRITING	Summary writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to arrange sentences to form a paragraph with clearly sequenced ideas	· Reading the summary · Writing the summary	· Text books · Chalk board · Samples of summary articles	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 67 · Teachers guide page 41 · Gateway secondary revision page 131
8	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Ogre narratives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the comprehension of the ogre story content Answer questions on the ogre stories Discuss the setting of narratives Write features of narratives	· Reading narratives · Discussing setting of narratives · Writing features of narratives · Answering questions in the narratives	· Text books · Audio tapes · Resource person	· Head start English book 1 page 87-90 · Teachers guide page 36 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 68-69 · Teachers guide page 41 · Gateway secondary revision page 131
	2	PRONOUNCIATION	Vowel sounds /Ɗ/ and /Ↄ:/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Pronounce words containing /Ɗ/ and /Ↄ:/ correctly	· Listening to sounds · Discussing sounds · Writing words with the sounds /Ɗ/ and /Ↄ:/ · Pronouncing the sounds /Ɗ/ and /Ↄ:/	· Text books · Audio tapes · Wall charts	· Old integrated English book 1 · Teachers book page · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 69-70 · Teachers guide page 43 · Gateway secondary revision page 1-4
	3	READING	Comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to comprehend a passage Answer correctly the comprehension questions	· Reading a comprehension · Listening to a comprehension · Writing answers to the comprehension questions	· Text books · Passages · Reading activities ·	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 69-70 · Teachers guide page 43 · Gateway secondary revision page 70
	4	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify new words Infer the meanings of the new words Demonstrate the ability to use the new words in sentences	· Identification of the new vocabulary · Reading new vocabulary · Discussion · Writing sentences using the new vocabulary	· Dictionary · Text books · Wall charts	· New integrated English Book 1 page 15, 38, 47 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 70 · Teachers guide page 44
	5	GRAMMER	Possessive pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify possessive pronouns Demonstrate the correct use of possessive pronouns	Identifying the possessive pronouns · Discussion · Responding to questions Writing sentences with possessive pronouns	· Text books · Wall charts · Flash cards	· Head start English book 1 page 57 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 71-73 · New integrated English Book 1 page 65-68
	6	WRITING	Unity in paragraphs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to develop a paragraph with ideas which are closely related to the topic sentence and the clincher	Identifying the reading paragraphs Writing paragraphs	· Excerpts of paragraphs from short stories · Text books ·	· Head start English book 1 page 58-59 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 73-74 · Teachers guide page 44 · Gateway secondary revision page 158
9	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen to a passage Respond to the questions from the passage	Listening to stories Discussion Writing answers to the questions	· Text books · Audio tape · Resource person	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 75 · Teachers guide page 45
	2	NIN VERBAL COMMUNICATION	Personal space	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the awareness of keeping personal space	Role playing Writing what was role played	· Resource person · Tapes (video) · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 75-76 · Teachers guide page 46
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Silent reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Develop the ability to read silently Develop the ability to avoid bad reading habits	Reading a story Writing answers	· Story book · Text book	· New integrated English Book 1 page 194-196 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 76-78 · Gateway secondary revision page 38
	4	READING	Comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read a passage Demonstrate the understanding of the passage contents Respond to comprehension/passage questions	Reading comprehension Responding to questions	· Text book · Passage · Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 78-79 · Teachers guide page 47
	5	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify new words Infer the meaning of the new words Use the new words in sentences	Reading new vocabulary Discussion of the meaning of the new words Writing sentences	· Text book · Dictionary · Wall charts	· New integrated English Book 1 page 15,38,47 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 80 · Teachers guide page 48
	6	GRAMMER	Reflexive pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify reflexive pronouns Use the reflexive pronouns in sentences	· Listening to explanations · Reading sentences · Writing sentences with reflexive pronouns	· Text books · Flash cards · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 80-81 · Teachers guide page 48 · Head start English book 1 page 66-67 · Teachers guide page · New integrated English Book 1 page 73-75
10	1	WRITING	Use of capital letters	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write capital letters well and in order · Use the capital letters correctly	· Reading sentences · Writing capital letters · Discussing the use of capital letters · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 81-82 · Teachers guide page 48-49 · Gateway secondary revision page 149
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the acceptable writing skills	· Listening to stories · Discussion · Responding to questions	· Text books · Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 92 · Teachers guide page 53-54
	3	PRONOUNCIATION	Vowel sounds /ℓ/ and /ℓ:/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of the short vowel /ℓ/ and long vowel /ℓ:/ · Distinguish between the short vowel /ℓ/ and long vowel /ℓ:/	· Reading words with Vowel sounds /ℓ/ and /ℓ · Articulation of the given sounds · Responding to questions	· Text books · Audio tapes · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 92-93 · Teachers guide page 54 · Gateway secondary revision page 1-41
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Speed reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to read with speed	· Reading a passage · Illustration · Responding to questions asked · Writing answers to the passage	· Text books · Audio tapes	· Old integrated English book 1 · Teachers book page 23-24 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 93-94 · Teachers book page 54 · Gateway secondary revision page 37-39
	5	READING	Comprehension skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the use of comprehension skills in reading a passage	· Reading a comprehension · Discussion in groups · Responding to questions asked	· Text books · Pre-reading activities · passage	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 94-96 · Teachers book page 55 · Gateway secondary revision page 18-21
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify new words Infer the meanings of the new words Use the new words in sentences	· Reading new words · Discussion · Writing sentences	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 96 · New integrated English Book 1 page 47 · Old integrated English book 1 · Teachers book page 2
11	1	GRAMMER	Functions of pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Explain the various functions of pronouns · Demonstrate the understanding of functions of pronouns	· Listening to sentences · Discussion writing sentences with pronouns	· Text books · Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 97-98 · Teachers book page 56 · Head start English book 1 page 48, 57-64 · New integrated English Book 1 page 65,73 · Gateway secondary revision page 92
	2	WRITING	Final punctuation marks	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify the final punctuation marks Use the final punctuation marks accordingly	· Reading sentences · Discussion writing punctuation marks	· Text books · Wall charts	· Head start English book 1 page 85 · Teachers book page 35 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 98-101 · Teachers book page 56-57 · Gateway secondary revision page 14
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Respond to questions provided from the passage	· Listening to a passage · Reading a passage · Responding to questions · Writing answers	· Text books · Anecdotes · passages	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 102 · Teachers book page 57 · Gateway secondary revision page 14
	4	DISCUSSION AND APPLICATION	Debate	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to take part in a debating session and discuss issues	· Debating on a given motion in class · Listening to the motions arguments	· Resource person · Video tapes text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 102 · Teachers guide page 58
	5	READING	Comprehension skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to apply the comprehension skills in reading a passage	· Reading comprehension · Discussion · Writing the comprehension answers	· Text books · Passage · Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 102 · Teachers guide page 58 · Gateway secondary revision page 37-39
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify new words Infer the meaning of the new words Use the new words in sentences	· Indication of new words · Reading vocabulary · Discussion · Writing sentences	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· Head start English book 1 page 213 · New integrated English Book 1 page 15,38,47 · Old integrated English book 1 · Teachers book page 2 ·
12	1	GRAMMER	Regular verbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify regular verbs · Demonstrate the ability to practice using regular verbs by changing the given verb from its present tense to its past tense	· Identifying regular verbs · Discussion · Writing the regular verbs	· Text books · Flash cards · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 105 · Teachers book page 59 · Head start English book 1 page 91-92 · Teachers book page 10 · Old integrated English book 1 page 27
	2	REVISION FOR EXAMS		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to comprehend all the lessons taught in in the course of the term	·	·	· Advancing in English Book 1 · Head start English book 1 · New integrated English Book 1 · Old integrated English book 1 · Gateway secondary revision in English
13	END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

ENGLISH FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	WRITING	The comma	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of using a comma in writing	· Reading sentences with ‘the comma’ · Listening to sentences · Writing commas · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Newspaper cuttings · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 106-107 · Teachers guide page 59-60 · New integrated English Book 1 page 155-156 · Head start English book 1 page 77-78 · Gateway secondary revision page 150
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage and respond to questions from it	· Listening to stories · Discussing the stories · Writing answers · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 109 · Teachers guide page 60 · New integrated English Book 1 page 72 · Head start English book 1 page 71 · Gateway secondary revision page 37
	3	DISCUSSION	Debate	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to take part in a debating session and discuss issues	· Discussing a given motion · Listening to motion arguments · Writing points from the given motion	· Text books · video tapes · resource person	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 109 · Teachers guide page 61
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Reading aloud	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read aloud in class · Demonstrate understanding of the passage	· Reading the comprehension · Responding to the questions	· Text books · Extracts of passages · Newspaper writings	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 109 · Teachers guide page 111 · Gateway secondary revision page 37 · New integrated English Book 1 page 118
	5	READING	Comprehension skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Demonstrate understanding of the contents	· Reading the comprehension · Responding to the questions · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Pictures · Text books · Extracts of the passage	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 110-113 · Teachers guide page 61 · Gateway secondary revision page 38
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Complete a given crossword using vocabulary drawn from a passage	· Reading the vocabulary · Discussing new words · Writing meaning of vocabulary	· Text books · Newspaper cuttings	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 113 · Teachers guide page 61 · Gateway secondary revision page 111 · New integrated English Book 1 page 26
2	1	GRAMMER	Irregular verbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify regular verbs · Use regular verbs In sentences	· Speaking · Writing a list of irregular verbs · Constructing sentences · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 114-445 · Teachers guide page 61-62 · Gateway secondary revision page 94-96 · New integrated English Book 1 page 133 · Head start English book 1 page 91
	2	WRITING	Diaries	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to make diary entries	· Discussing diaries · Writing a diary · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts · diaries	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 116-117 · Teachers guide page 62 · Gateway secondary revision page 161 · Head start English book 1 page 92
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Note making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Respond to comprehension questions · Make notes form the passage	· Listen to a passage · Speaking/discussion on note making · Taking notes · Asking and answering questions	· Excerpts from magazines · Audio tapes · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 119 · Teachers guide page 63 · Gateway secondary revision page 42 · Head start English book 1 page 164
	4	PRONOUNCIATION	Minimal pairs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read and make a distinction between /Ʌ/ and /ӕ/ and pronounce them correctly	· Reading in minimal pairs · Articulating sounds · discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Flash cards · Wall charts · Text books	· Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page 11 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 119 · Teachers guide page 64 · Gateway secondary revision page 1-4
	5	READING	Comprehension skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a given comprehension passage · Respond to the questions asked from the passage	· Reading comprehension · Discussing comprehension skills · Writing answers to the passage · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Extracts of passages · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 120-122 · Teachers guide page 64-65 · New integrated English Book 1 page 80 · Head start English book 1 page 79
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Infer the meanings of words · Demonstrate the use of a dictionary appropriately · Building vocabulary through word study	· Reading new words · Writing the meanings of the new words · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Books · Charts · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 122-123 · Teachers guide page 65 · New integrated English Book 1 page 259 · Head start English book 1 page 75
3	1	GRAMMER	Simple present tense	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use verbs in the simple present tense correctly	· Reading notes · Discussing the simple present tense · Writing sentences in the simple present tense	· Text books · Flash cards · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 123 · Teachers guide page 65 · New integrated English Book 1 page 106 · Head start English book 1 page 75 · Gateway secondary revision page 102
	2-3	WRITING	Formal letter	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write the address of the sender and the receiver correctly · Organize a mailing address · Write a formal letter	· Discussing the format of formal letters · Writing formal letters · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Samples of formal letters · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 125-127 · Teachers guide page 65-66 · Gateway secondary revision page 164
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listening to a comprehension passage · Identify the moral issues raised	· Reading the comprehension · Listening to the passage · discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Excerpts from magazines	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 128 · Teachers guide page 66-67 · Gateway secondary revision page 58
	5	PRONOUNCIATION	Vowels /Ə/ and /a: /	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the vowels /Ə/ and /a: / correctly · Distinguish between the Vowels /Ə/ and /a: /	· Reading words with the vowel sounds · Discussing how to articulate the sounds · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Audio tapes · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 129 · Teachers guide page 67-68 · Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page 34
	6	STUDY SKILLS	Intensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a poem · Identify similes · Explain how similes are used	· Reading poems · Discussing how to read intensively · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts · Excerpts from passages and magazines	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 129-130 · Teachers guide page 68 · Gateway secondary revision page 37-39 · Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page 148
4	1	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Respond to questions asked from the passage	· Reading passages · Discussing oral questions · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Excerpts from passages and magazines	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 131-134 · Teachers guide page 68-69 · Gateway secondary revision page 55 · Head start English book 1 page 87 · New integrated English Book 1 page 126
	2	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Infer the meanings of new words · Identify the new words · Use the new words in sentences	· Reading vocabulary · Discussing the new words · Asking and answering questions · Constructing sentences	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 131-134 · Teachers guide page 68-69 · Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page
	3	WRITING	Spelling rules	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the spelling rules · Use the spelling rules correctly	· Reading rules from text books · Speaking and listening to the rules · discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 130 · Teachers guide page 70 · Gateway secondary revision page 94-95 · Head start English book 1 page 13-15 · New integrated English Book 1 page 84-88
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Trickster stories	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a trickster story · Respond to questions on the trickster story	· Listening to stories · Discussing features of trickster stories · Writing notes · Asking and answering questions	· Excerpts of a story · Text books · Resource person · Charts · Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 137 · Teachers guide page 70-72 · Gateway secondary revision page 12-13 · Head start English book 1 page 32-34
	5	READING	Comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listening to a Comprehension · Respond to questions from the passage	· Reading passages · Discussing oral questions · Writing answers · Asking and answering questions	· Flash cards · Excerpts from passages · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 138-140 · Teachers guide page 72 · Gateway secondary revision page 215
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Match phrases with similar meanings in a context	· Reading vocabulary · Discussing the meanings of new words · Asking and answering questions · Writing	· Charts · Text books · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 140-141 · Teachers guide page 72 ·
5	1	GRAMMER	Comparative and superlative forms	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify comparative and superlative forms of adjectives	· Reading comparative and superlative forms of adjectives · Discussion · Asking and answering questions · Writing	· Charts · Text books · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 141-145 · Teachers guide page 73 · Gateway secondary revision page 117 · Head start English book 1 page 34 · New integrated English Book 1 page 39
	2	WRITING	Informal letters	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the various features of an informal letter · Write an informal letter	· Reading informal letters · Discussing the format of informal letters · Asking and answering questions · Writing informal letter	· Charts · Text books · Samples of informal letters	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 145-147 · Teachers guide page 73 · Gateway secondary revision page 164 · Head start English book 1 page 115-116
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Respond to questions from the passage	· Listening to passages · Discussing oral questions · Asking and answering questions · Writing answers	· Audio · Text books · Extracts of passages	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 149 · Teachers guide page 74 · Gateway secondary revision page 193 · New integrated English Book 1 page 135
	4	DEBATE	Child labour causes poverty	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to hold a debate in class and discuss issues on a given motion	· Discussing child labour and its effects · Listening to the participants · Note taking · Asking and answering questions	· Video tapes · Text books · Resource person	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 149 · Teachers guide page 74
	5	STUDY SKILLS	The plot in a play	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to study the plot in a play	· Discussing the plot in a play · Writing notes on plot in a plays · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts · Sample play	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 151 · Teachers guide page 75 · Gateway secondary revision page 44-45
	6	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Respond to questions from the passage	· Reading a passage · Discussing on questions · Writing answers to the passage questions · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts · Excerpts of passages	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 151-152 · Teachers guide page 75 · Head start English book 1 page 87 · New integrated English Book 1 page 139
6	1	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Infer the meaning of the new words · Use the new words in sentences	· Reading vocabulary · Discussing the meaning of the new words · Constructing sentences · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 152-153 · Teachers guide page 72 · Head start English book 1 page 94 · New integrated English Book 1 page 259
	2	GRAMMER	Regular and irregular adjectives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify regular and irregular adjectives · Use the regular and irregular adjectives correctly	· Discussion · Constructing sentences · Asking and answering questions	· Flash cards · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 153-154 · Teachers guide page 76 · Gateway secondary revision page 117-118 · Head start English book 1 page 114-115 · New integrated English Book 1 page 280
	3	WRITING	Informal letters	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to punctuate an informal letter	· Discussing how to punctuate an informal letter · Writing an informal letter · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts · Samples of informal letters	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 154-155 · Teachers guide page 76 · Gateway secondary revision page 182-183 · Head start English book 1 page 123-124
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a comprehension passage · Demonstrate understanding of listening skills by responding to questions from a listening passage	· Listening to a comprehension passage · Discussing on questions · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Audio tapes · Excerpts of passages	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 156 · Teachers guide page 76 · Gateway secondary revision page 31 · New integrated English Book 1 page 94
	5	STUDY SKILLS	Etiquette	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify what Etiquette is · Demonstrate the appropriate use of Etiquette	· Demonstrating the appropriate use of Etiquette · Discussion · Note taking · Asking and answering questions	· Resource person · Video tapes · Text books · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 156 · Teachers guide page 77 · New integrated English Book 1 page 228 · Head start English book 1 page 8
	6	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Respond to questions from the passage	· Reading the comprehension passage · Discussing oral questions · Asking and answering questions	· Excerpts from magazines · Text books · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 158-159 · Teachers guide page 78 · Gateway secondary revision page 69 · New integrated English Book 1 page 249 · Head start English book 1 page 94
7	1	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Infer the meanings of the new words · Use the new words in sentences	· Discussing the new words · Read the new words · Asking and answering questions · Constructing sentences	· Text books · Dictionary · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 160 · Teachers guide page 78 · Gateway secondary revision page 69 · New integrated English Book 1 page 266 · Head start English book 1 page 97
	2	GRAMMER	Gradable and non-gradable adjectives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Gradable and non-gradable adjectives · Use Gradable and non-gradable adjectives correctly in sentences	· Reading sentences · Discussion · Filling in gaps · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 160-161 · Teachers guide page 78-79 · Gateway secondary revision page 119 · New integrated English Book 1 page 262-263 · Head start English book 1 page 121-123
	3	WRITING	Note making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Make notes using the skills learnt · Improve their listening skills · Make notes	· Note making · Reading notes · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Sample notes · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 163-164 · Teachers guide page 79 · Gateway secondary revision page 42 · New integrated English Book 1 page 156
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate comprehension of the listening passages –sound pollution · Asking and answering question	· Note making · Reading notes · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Audio tapes · Text books · Excerpts of passages	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 165 · Teachers guide page 80 · Gateway secondary revision page 14
	5	ORAL SKILLS	Vowel sounds /e/ and /ei/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Distinguish between the vowel sounds /e/ and /ei/ · Articulate the sounds correctly	· Listening to the vowel sounds · Reading words with the vowel sounds /e/ and /ei/ · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Audio tapes · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 165-166 · Teachers guide page 81 · Gateway secondary revision page 1-4 · Old integrated English Book 1 Teachers book page
	6	STUDY SKILLS	Metaphors	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a given passage · Identify metaphors from it · Infer the meanings of the metaphors	· Reading passages · Discussing the meaning of the metaphors · Asking and answering questions	· Sample metaphors · Audio tapes · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 166-168 · Teachers guide page 81 · Gateway secondary revision page 51-52
8	1	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a given passage and respond to its questions · Consolidate vocabulary using study skills	· Reading passages · Discussion on question · Writing meanings of vocabulary · Asking and answering questions	· Excerpts of passages/ magazines · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 168-169 · Teachers guide page 81 · Gateway secondary revision page 212 · New integrated English Book 1 page 103
	2	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Infer the meanings of the new words · Use the words in a sentence	· Reading vocabulary · Discussion of the meanings of the new words · Writing the new words in sentences · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Dictionary · Charts · Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 169-170 · Teachers guide page 82 · Head start English book 1 page 105 · New integrated English Book 1 page 39
	3	GRAMMER	Adverbs of manner	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the adverbs of manner · Use the adverbs of manner in a sentence	· Discussion · Filling in gaps · Constructing sentences · Writing · Asking and answering questions	· Flash cards · Text books · Charts · Excerpts of magazines	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 170-171 · Teachers guide page 82 · Gateway secondary revision page 123-125 · Head start English book 1 page 213-214 · New integrated English Book 1 page 129-131
	4	WRITING	Imaginative compositions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use creative skills to write a composition	· Discussion on the main parts of a composition · Writing an imaginative composition · Asking and answering questions · Note taking	· Text books · Charts · Samples of imaginative compositions	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 171-172 · Teachers guide page 82 · Gateway secondary revision page 167-168 · Head start English book 1 page 183
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Respond to questions from the passage	· Listening to the passage · Writing answers to the passage · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Excerpts of passages	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 173 · Teachers guide page 83 · Gateway secondary revision page 71-72 · Head start English book 1 page 110 · New integrated English Book 1 page 179
	6	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘truth triumphs’ · Respond to the questions from the passage	· Reading a passage · Writing answers to the comprehension questions · discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Sample passages	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 173-175 · Teachers guide page 83-84 · Gateway secondary revision page 64-65 · Head start English book 1 page 110 · New integrated English Book 1 page 232
9	1	GRAMMER	Simple past tense	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use words in Simple past tense correctly · Fill in gaps with verbs in Simple past tense	· Reading notes · Discussing Simple past tense · Writing sentences in Simple past tense · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 175-176 · Teachers guide page 84 · Gateway secondary revision page 133 · Head start English book 1 page 83-85 · New integrated English Book 1 page 127-130
	2	GRAMMER	Verbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify what verbs are · Use the verbs in their correct form to fill in the gaps	· Discussion · Writing · Filling in gaps · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Charts · Chalk board	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 176 · Teachers guide page 84 · Gateway secondary revision page 94-97 · Head start English book 1 page 91 · New integrated English Book 1 page 172
	3	WRITING	Informal letters	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the layout of an informal letter · Use the format in writing an informal letter correctly	· Writing informal letters · Discussion · Asking and responding to questions	· Text books · Sample informal letters · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 177 · Teachers guide page 84 · Gateway secondary revision page 181 · Head start English book 1 page 131
	4	READING	Note making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Make notes from the passage read	· Reading a passage · Discussion · Note making · Asking and responding to questions	· Text books · Sample passages and sample notes · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 177 · Teachers guide page 84 · Gateway secondary revision page 42 · Head start English book 1 page 156 · Old integrated English book 1 teachers book page 55
	5	WRITING	Imaginative composition	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use skills learnt to write an imaginative composition	· Discussion · Writing an imaginative composition · Asking and responding to questions	· Text books · Sample imaginative compositions · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 177 · Teachers guide page 84 · Gateway secondary revision page 177 · Head start English book 1 page 138
	6	GRAMMER	Punctuation	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to punctuate given sentences correctly	· Discussion · Writing an punctuated paragraphs · responding to questions asked	· Text books · Newspaper cuttings · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 177 · Teachers guide page · Gateway secondary revision page 149 · New integrated English Book 1 page 153 and 159
10	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a comprehension passage · Respond to questions asked using listening skills	· Listening to the passage · Discussion · Writing · responding to questions asked	· Text books · Pre – Listening activities	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 178 · Teachers guide page 85 · Gateway secondary revision page 58 · Head start English book 1 page 107 · New integrated English Book 1 page 162
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Using the library ‘cataloguing’	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Show the understanding of classification systems in a library	· Discussion · Note taking · Writing · responding to questions asked	· Text books · Pictures · Catalogue · chart	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 179 · Teachers guide page 86
	3	READING	Intensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Respond to the questions asked from the passage	· Reading a passage · Discussing the skills of intensive reading · Writing answers · responding to questions asked	· Text books · Pre-reading texts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 181-183 · Teachers guide page 87 · Gateway secondary revision page 37-39 · Head start English book 1 page 117 · New integrated English Book 1 page 167-169
	4	ORAL SKILLS	Debate	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to take part in a debating session in class · Discuss the issues	· Listening to the debating sessions · Discussion of the motion · Writing important points · responding to questions asked	· video tapes · Text books · Resource person	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 178 · Teachers guide page 86
	5	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Infer meanings of the words · Use the new words to fill in the gaps	· Discussion · Writing · Filling in the gaps · responding to questions asked	· flash cards · text books · charts · dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 183 · Teachers guide page 87 · Head start English book 1 page 120
	6	GRAMMER	Adverbs of time and frequency	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the adverbs of time and frequency · Use the adverbs of time and frequency in sentences	· Discussion · responding to questions asked · writing · constructing sentences	· flash cards · text books · charts · sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 183-185 · Teachers guide page 87 · Gateway secondary revision page · 123-126 · Head start English book 1 page 137 · New integrated English Book 1 page 218
11	1	WRITING	Imaginative composition	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to write an Imaginative composition while paying close attention to the topic sentence and the clincher	· Discussion · Writing · responding to questions asked	· text books · charts · sample imaginative composition	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 185 · Teachers guide page 87 · Gateway secondary revision page 177 · Head start English book 1 page 177
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to identify, listen and comprehend a trickster story · Respond to questions from the passage	· Listening to the passages · Discussion · responding to questions asked	· audio tapes · resource person · text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 186 · Teachers guide page 88 · Gateway secondary revision page 40-41 · Head start English book 1 page 125 · New integrated English Book 1 page 179
	3	ORAL SKILLS	Vowel sounds /Əu/ and /D/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Pronounce the sounds /Əu/ and /D/ and distinguish them in words	· Listening to the articulation of sounds · Reading words with the vowel sounds · Discussion · responding to questions asked	· audio tapes · text books · charts · flash cards	· old integrated English book 1 teachers guide pages 34-35 · Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 186-187 · Teachers guide page 89 · Gateway secondary revision page 1-4
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read and demonstrate the understanding of a passage · Respond to the questions of the passage	· Reading a passage · discussion · responding to questions asked in written form	· text books · pre-reading pictures	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 187-189 · Teachers guide page 89-90 · Gateway secondary revision page 40-41 · New integrated English Book 1 page 192 · Head start English book 1 page 125
	5	GRAMMER	Prepositions of positions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Prepositions of positions · Use the Prepositions of positions correctly	· Discussion · Filling in gaps · Constructing sentences · responding to questions	· flash cards · text books · charts · pictures	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 189-190 · Teachers guide page 90 · Gateway secondary revision page 127 · New integrated English Book 1 page 250 · Head start English book 1 page 155
	6	WRITING	Writing poems	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to write short poems	· Writing short poems · Discussing the structure of poems · responding to questions	· text books · charts · sample poems	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 193-194 · Teachers guide page 90 · Gateway secondary revision page 177-178
12	1-6	REVISION FOR EXAMS	Writing poems	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to understand all topics taught in the course of the term	· Guiding learners on how to convert revision	· text books · charts · sample poems	· Advancing in English Book 1 · Head start English book 1 · New integrated English Book 1 · Old integrated English Book 1 · Gateway secondary revision
13	MID YEAR EXAMINATIONS

ENGLISH FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening and speaking comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage keenly · Answer questions from the passage · Demonstrate an understanding of the passage contents	· Listening to the passage · Writing · Responding to the questions	· Text books · Pre –reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 195 · Teachers guide page 90 · New integrated English Book 1 page 220 · Head start English book 1 page 133
	2	ORAL SKILLS	Pronunciation of the sounds /b/ , /k/, /p/, and /g/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to correctly pronounce the initial consonant sounds i.e. /b/ , /k/, /p/, and /g/	· Articulating the sounds /b/ , /k/, /p/, and /g/ · Writing words with sounds /b/ , /k/, /p/, and /g/ · Discussion	· Audio tape · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 196-197 · Teachers guide page 91 · Gateway secondary revision page 1-4
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Using the dictionary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to get meanings from a dictionary	· Reading and looking up words from a dictionary · Write meanings from a dictionary	· Text books · Dictionary · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 198 · Teachers guide page 92 · New integrated English Book 1 page 47
	4	READING	Intensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to read a passage · Answer questions from the passage	· Reading · Discussion · Responding to the questions	· Text books · Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 198 · Teachers guide page 92 · Gateway secondary revision page 37-38
	5	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Fill in the gaps in a passage using the appropriate vocabulary	· Filling gaps · Discussion · Writing	· dictionary · Text books · Cross word puzzle	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 201 · Teachers guide page 92 · Gateway secondary revision page 111
	6	GRAMMER	Prepositions of time movement and direction	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the use of Prepositions of time movement and direction correctly	· Reading · Discussion · Writing · Responding to the questions	· Text books · Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 201-203 · Teachers guide page 93 · Gateway secondary revision page 127 · New integrated English Book 1 page 267 · Head start English book 1 page 162
2	1	GRAMMER	Prepositions with forms of transport	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use Prepositions with forms of transport correctly in sentences	· Filling in gaps · Writing · discussion · Responding to the questions	· Text books · Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 203-205 · Teachers guide page 93 · Gateway secondary revision page 127 · New integrated English Book 1 page 267 · Head start English book 1 page 162
	2	WRITING	Creative writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability of using creative writing to write poems	· Reading · Discussion · Writing · Responding to the questions	· Sample poems · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 207-208 · Teachers guide page 93 · Gateway secondary revision page 177-178
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a comprehension · Answers questions based on the comprehension	· Listen to a passage · Discussion · Responding to the questions	· Oral skills · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 209 · Teachers guide page 94 · Gateway secondary revision page 13 · New integrated English Book 1 page 244
	4	ORAL SKILLS	Pronunciation of /t/, /d/, /k/, and /r/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Distinguish between /t/, /d/, /k/, and /r/ and pronounce them well	· Listening to sounds /t/, /d/, /k/, and /r/ · Articulating sounds · discussion	· Audio tapes · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 215 · Teachers guide page 95 · Gateway secondary revision page 10
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Respond to the questions asked from the passage	· Reading passage · Discussion · Responding to the questions	· Pre-reading activities · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 211-212 · Teachers guide page 95 · Gateway secondary revision page 10 · New integrated English Book 1 page 232
	6	GRAMMER	Coordinating convictions and or but	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Coordinating convictions · Use them in sentences	· Reading · Writing · Discussion	· Pre-reading activities · Text books · Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page · Teachers guide page 96-97 · Gateway secondary revision page 128 · New integrated English Book 1 page 204 · Head start English book 1 page 148
3	1	WRITING	Public notices	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to design a Public notice · Write Public notices	· Reading · Writing · Discussion · Responding to the questions	· Simple public notices	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 215-216 · Teachers guide page 97 · New integrated English Book 1 page 130 · Head start English book 1 page 198 · Gateway secondary revision page 180
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a poem · Fill in blanks with words from the poem	· Listening to a poem · Responding to the questions · Writing · Discussion	· Audio tapes · Text books · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 217 · Teachers guide page 97 · Gateway secondary revision page 205
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Reciting poems	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Recite a poem and pay attention to the problematic sounds	· Reading poems · Reciting poems · discussion · answering questions	· Audio tapes · Text books · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 217 · Teachers guide page 97 · Gateway secondary revision page 4
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Summary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to summarize on a given issue	· Reading a passage · Writing a summary · Discussion · Responding to the questions	· Text books · Charts · Sample summaries	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 218-219 · Teachers guide page 99 Gateway secondary revision page 42
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Respond to questions asked from the passage	· Reading passages · Discussion · Writing · Responding to the questions	· Text books Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 220-222 · Teachers guide page 99 · Gateway secondary revision page 71
	6	WORD STUDY	BUILDING VOCABULARY	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Identify the meanings of the words	· Reading vocabulary · Filling in gaps · Discussion	· Dictionary · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 100 · Teachers guide page 222 · Gateway secondary revision page 71
4	1	GRAMMER	Noun phrase	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify a noun phrase · Use it correctly in a sentence	· Reading · Writing sentences · Discussion	· Text books · Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 223-224 · Teachers guide page 100 · Gateway secondary revision page 130 · Head start English book 1 page 167 · New integrated English Book 1 page 200
	2	WRITING	Inventories	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to write an inventory	· Reading · Discussion · Writing	· Text books · An inventory · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 226 · Teachers guide page 100 · Gateway secondary revision page 180 · New integrated English Book 1 page 157 · Head start English book 1 page
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Answer questions from the passage	· Speaking and listening to a passage · discussion · Responding to the questions	· Audio tapes · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 227 · Teachers guide page 100 · Gateway secondary revision page 21-22
	4	GRAMMER	Pronunciation of consonants /s/, /j/, /tƪ/ and /dȜ/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to make a distinction between /s/, /j/, /tƪ/ and /dȜ/ and pronouncing them correctly	· Listening to articulation of sounds · Writing words with the sounds · Discussion	· Excerpts of a story · Charts · Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 227 · Teachers guide page 102 · Gateway secondary revision page 1-4
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a Comprehension · Answer questions from the passage	· Reading passages · Discussion · Writing · Responding to the questions	· Pre-reading texts · Charts · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 229 · Teachers guide page 102 · Gateway secondary revision page 225
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Infer meanings of the new words	· Filling in gaps · Discussion · Reading new words · Writing	· Charts · Text books · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 230 · Teachers guide page 102 · Gateway secondary revision page 225
5	1	GRAMMER	Sentence structure subject and predicate	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify parts of a sentence and how they work	· Reading sentences · Discussion · Responding to the questions · Writing	· Charts · Text books · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 230-233 · Teachers guide page 73103 · Gateway secondary revision page 136 · Head start English book 1 page · New integrated English Book 1 page 146
	2	WRITING	Spelling rules	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Apply spelling rules and use them correctly	· Reading the rules · Discussion · Writing · Responding to the questions		· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 238 · Teachers guide page 103-104 · Head start English book 1 page 13 · New integrated English Book 1 page 84
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Respond to questions from the passage	· Listening to passages · Discussing oral questions · Role playing	· Audio · Text books ·	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 237 · Teachers guide page 104 · Gateway secondary revision page 218
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Summary skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage and take notes · Write a summary	· Read a passage · Discussion · Writing · Responding to the questions	· Sample summary · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 236 · Teachers guide page 105-106 · Gateway secondary revision page 165-166
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Respond to questions from the passage	· Read a passage · Discussion · Writing · Responding to the questions	· Text books · Pre-reading texts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 236-239 · Teachers guide page 105-107 · Gateway secondary revision page 62
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Infer the meaning of the new words · Extend and consolidate a wide range of vocabulary	· Filling in gaps · Discussion · Writing new words · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 239 · Teachers guide page 105-107 · Gateway secondary revision page 134
6	1	GRAMMER	Types of sentences declarative sentences	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify declarative sentences · Construct declarative sentences	· Reading declarative sentences · Discussion · Writing · Responding to questions	· Text books · Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 240 · Teachers guide page 107 · Gateway secondary revision page 134 · Head start English book 1 page 181
	2	GRAMMER	Types of sentences Negative sentences	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Negative sentences	· Reading Negative sentences · Discussion · Writing · Responding to questions	· Flash cards · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 240-241 · Teachers guide page 107 · Gateway secondary revision page 135 · Head start English book 1 page 181
	3	WRITING	Packing lists	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Make packing lists using the correct layout and language	· Reading notes · Discussion · Writing a packing list · Responding to questions	· Text books · Charts · Simple pack lists	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 241-242 · Teachers guide page 108 · Gateway secondary revision page 162-163
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Identify features of trickster stories	· Listening to a passage · Discussion · Responding to questions	· Text books · Audio tapes ·	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 243 · Teachers guide page 108-109 · Gateway secondary revision page 235
	5	ORAL SKILLS	pronunciation of consonants /f/, /v/, and /w/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Distinguish the sounds /f/, /v/, and /w/ and identify words which contain this sounds	· Writing words with the sounds · Listening to the pronunciation · Discussion · Responding to questions	· Pre-reading activities · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 244-245 · Teachers guide page 110 · Gateway secondary revision page 37-39
	6	READING	Intensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage and respond to it	· Reading a passage · Discussion · writing · answering questions		· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 244-245 · Teachers guide page 109-110 · Gateway secondary revision page 37-39
7	1	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Infer the meanings of the new words · Extend and consolidate a wide range of vocabulary	· Reading new words · Constructing sentences · Discussion · Responding to questions	· Text books · Dictionary · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page246 · Teachers guide page 110
	2	GRAMMER	Types of sentences Interrogative sentences	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify interrogatives · Construct interrogative sentences	· Discussion · Constructing sentences · Reading interrogative sentences · · Responding to questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 246-247 · Teachers guide page 108 · Gateway secondary revision page 134
	3	GRAMMER	Types of sentences Question tags	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Form question tags from sentence that are both negative and negative	· Discussion · Writing · Form question tags · Responding to questions	· Text books · Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 247-248 · Teachers guide page 111 · Gateway secondary revision page 133
	4	WRITING	Imaginative compositions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify parts of an imaginative composition and write an imaginative composition	· Discussion · Writing an imaginative composition Responding to questions	· Text books · Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 250-251 · Teachers guide page 111 · Gateway secondary revision page 177
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listening to a passage · Respond to questions from the passage	· Listening to passage · Discussion · Writing answers	· Audio tapes · Text books ·	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 252 · Teachers guide page 111-112
	6	DEBATE	Features of a debate	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the features of a good debate and hold a debate session in class	· Listening to the participants · Writing notes · Responding to questions	· Pictures · video tapes · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 252 · Teachers guide page 112
8	1	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read passage no ‘555’ · Demonstrate an understanding of the passage	· Reading comprehension · Discussion · Writing answers · Responding to questions	· Pre – reading activities · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 252-256 · Teachers guide page 112-113 · Gateway secondary revision page 193
	2	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Infer the meaning · Extend and consolidate a wide range of vocabulary	· Filling in the gaps · Discussion · Writing · Responding to questions	· Text books · Dictionary · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 256 · Teachers guide page 113 · Gateway secondary revision page 193
	3	GRAMMER	Imperatives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the use of imperative sentences correctly	· Discussion · Writing · Responding to questions	· Flash cards · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 256-257 · Teachers guide page 113 · Gateway secondary revision page 134
	4	GRAMMER	Exclamation	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the use of exclamations correctly	· Reading · Discussion · Writing an exclamations · Responding to questions	· Flash cards · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 171-172 · Teachers guide page 82 · Gateway secondary revision page 167-168 · Head start English book 1 page 183
	5	GRAMMER	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Respond to questions from the passage	· Listening to the passage · Writing answers to the passage · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Excerpts of passages	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 257-258 · Teachers guide page 113 · Gateway secondary revision page 134 · Head start English book 1 page 203 · New integrated English Book 1 page
	6	WRITING	Creative writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use creative skills to write an essay	· Reading notes on essays · Discussion · Writing creative essays	· Text books · Sample essays · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 260 · Teachers guide page 114 · Gateway secondary revision page 177
9	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING (TESTING)	Listening and speaking (comprehension)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the features of a trickster story	· Listening to a · Writing · Discussion · Responding to questions	· Text books · Pictures · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 261 · Teachers guide page 114-115 · Gateway secondary revision page 18-21
	2	WORD STUDY (TESTING)	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use a wide range of vocabulary to fill in gaps and construct sentences	· Filling in gaps · Constructing sentences · Discussion · Writing	· Text books · Dictionary · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 261 · Teachers guide page 115
	3	READING (TESTING)	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Respond to questions from the passage	· Reading a passage · Writing answers to the passage	· Text books · Pre-reading excerpts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 262-264 · Teachers guide page 115 · Gateway secondary revision page 61
	4	WRITING (TESTING)	Inventory form	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to design an inventory form and correctly fill it	· Writing · Discussion · Responding to questions	· Text books · Sample inventory forms · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 265 · Teachers guide page 116 · Gateway secondary revision page 180 · New integrated English book 1 page 157
	5	GRAMMER	Prepositions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify prepositions and use them to fill in gaps in sentences	· Gap filling · Discussion · Writing · Responding to questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 265 · Teachers guide page 116 · Gateway secondary revision page 127 · Head start English book 1 page 162 · New integrated English book 1 page 267
	6	WRITING (TESTING)	Packing list	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Design a packing list	· Write a packing list · Discussion · Reading	· Text books · Sample packing lists · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 265 · Teachers guide page 116 · Gateway secondary revision page 162
10	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a myth · Respond to questions correctly · Discuss feature of myths	· Listening myths · Discussion · Writing · responding to questions asked	· pictures · Text books · Pre – Listening activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page · Teachers guide page 15 · Gateway secondary revision page 13
	2	READING	Library hour	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a short story · Give a summary of its contents	· Reading library books · Writing a summary · Discussion	· Short story reading · Newspaper cuttings · Text books · Charts	· library collection
	3 & 4	GRAMMER	Parts of speech	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · identify Parts of speech from a group of words · use v correctly in sentences	· gap filling · discussion · Reading · Writing · Responding to questions · Constructing sentences	· Flash cards · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 7 · Teachers guide page 21
	5	WRITING	Punctuating; Quotation marks	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use both single and double quotation marks	· Discussion · Reading notes · Writing sentences · responding to questions	· charts · Text books · Simple sentences	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 8 · Teachers guide page 24 · Gateway secondary revision page 151
	6	WORD STUDY	Personification	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the use of personification in a given passage	· Reading a passage · Discussing the use of personification · Writing · responding to questions	· stories · text book · charts	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 7 · Teachers guide page 21 · Gateway secondary revision page 51
11	1	REVISION	Imaginative composition	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Do revision with ease in preparation for the examinations
12	REVISION AND END YEAR EXAMINATIONS

ENGLISH FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the comprehension ‘Mbeere childbirth’ and respond to the questions	· Listening to the comprehension · Speaking about ‘Mbeere childbirth’	· Pre-listening activity	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 10 · Teachers Book page 24 · New integrated English Book 2 page 105 · Teachers Book page 67
	2	ORAL SKILLS	Intonation	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Employ accurate use of intonation as a speaking skill	· Speaking to bring out stress in words · Reading words	· Audio tape · Oral drills	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 11 · Teachers Book page 26 · Gateway secondary revision book page 10
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Studying a novel	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the elements of studying a novel	· Discussing the elements in a novel · Reading a chapter in a novel	· Class readers	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 12 · Teachers Book page 27 · Gateway secondary revision book page 43
	4	READING	Reading a comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of the passage ‘drug abuse’	· Reading Comprehension · Discussing the effects of drug abuse	· Pre-reading activity	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 13-15 · Teachers Book page 27 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55
	5	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the meaning of words and be able to use them correctly	· Filling gaps · Gap filling · Discussing the vocabulary	· dictionary · dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 15 · Teachers Book page 28 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 9
	6	GRAMMAR	Collective noun	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the collective nouns correctly	· Discussing the collective nouns	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 16-17 · Teachers Book page 29 · Gateway secondary revision book page 75 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 6
2	1	WRITING	Punctuation marks – hyphen	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use the hyphen correctly	· Discussing the use of punctuation marks · Writing sentences with punctuation marks	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 17-18 · Teachers Book page 29 · Gateway secondary revision book page 151 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 84 · Teachers Book page 58
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of listening comprehension “thunder and gods’ · Highlight different meanings of difficult words · Attempt any exercise on listening and speaking when given	· Listening comprehension · Speaking about the thunder and gods	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 19 · Teachers Book page 30-31 · Gateway secondary revision book page 57 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 13 · Teachers Book page 12
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Studying a play	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Understand where to write the speakers, the interlocutors i.e. in the left hand side of the page · To understand that colons are used to separate the speaker from the dialogue	· Discussing plays · Dramatizing plays	· Excerpts of plays	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 19-21 · Teachers Book page 31 · Gateway secondary revision book page 44 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 129 · Teachers Book page 76
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of the passage ‘thieves’ by responding to questions · Understanding all the vocabularies used in the passage hence use them in different sentences	· Reading comprehension · Discussing oral questions · Writing answers	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 31-32 · Teachers Book page 35-36 · Gateway secondary revision book page 193
	5	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use given words from the passage to fill in a crossword puzzle	· Gap filling	· Crossword puzzle · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 24 · Teachers Book page 32
	6	GRAMMAR	Compound nouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to form compound words from a given list of words	· Discussing the formation of compound nouns · Writing compound nouns	· Sample compound nouns	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 25-26 · Teachers Book page 32 · Gateway secondary revision book page 75 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 100 · Teachers Book page 63
3	1	WRITING	Punctuation marks – apostrophe	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Tell the different use of an apostrophe when asked to do so · Show the symbol of n apostrophe (‘)	· Discussing the use of punctuation marks · Writing sentences	· charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 27-28 · Teachers Book page 33 · Gateway secondary revision book page 152 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 145 · Teachers Book page 89
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen and respond to questions in the story ‘Ngulamu and the water pump’	· Listening comprehension · Discussing oral questions	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 29 · Teachers Book page 34 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 29 · Teachers Book page 26
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Telephone etiquette	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate awareness of Telephone etiquette · Conduct s telephone conversation using etiquette	· Listening to a conversation · Discussing the Telephone etiquette	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 30-31 · Teachers Book page 34-35 · Gateway secondary revision book page 201 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 13 · Teachers Book page 12
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of the passage ‘thieves’ by responding to questions	· Reading comprehension · Discussing oral questions · Writing answers	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 31-32 · Teachers Book page 35-36 · Gateway secondary revision book page 193
	5	GRAMMAR	Phrasal quantifiers	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the knowledge of Phrasal quantifiers	· Discussing · Writing Phrasal quantifiers	· charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 33 · Gateway secondary revision book page 79 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 7 · Teachers Book page 6 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 27
	6	WRITING	Using figurative language	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use figurative language in writing or speaking	· Discussing the use of figurative language · Writing paragraphs with	· Resource person	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 34 · Teachers Book page37 · Gateway secondary revision book page 211
4	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate comprehension of the oral narrative ‘the fall of kaplongo’le’ by responding to questions asked · Point out characteristics of oral narratives · Give the lesson learnt from the oral narrative	· Listening comprehension · Discussing oral narratives	Excerpts of stories	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 36-37 · Teachers Book page 39 · Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 216 · Teachers Book page 130
	2	ORAL SKILLS	Pronunciation of /p/ and /b/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Practice and correctly pronounce /p/ and /b/ · Give different examples of words that have /p/ and /b/ pronunciation	Listening to the sounds /p/ and /b/	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 36-37 · Teachers Book page 39 · Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘the greedy nyaga’ and respond to the questions given	· Reading comprehension · Discussing oral questions · Writing answers	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 38-40 · Teachers Book page 40 · Gateway secondary revision book page 60
	4	GRAMMAR	Possessives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify possessives correctly in sentences · Identify various uses of possessive forms	Reading notes about possessives Gap filling	· Charts ·	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 40-41 · Teachers Book page 41 Gateway secondary revision book page 87
	5	GRAMMAR	Number and pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate ability to understand use of number and pronouns correctly	· Reading sentences · Discussing different types of pronouns · Writing sentences using pronouns	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 41-42 · Teachers guide page 41 · Gateway secondary revision page 93
	6	WRTITING	Invitation letters	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Write invitation letters using the correct format	· Reading letters · Writing invitation letters	· Sample letters	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 43 · Teachers guide page 41 · Gateway secondary revision page 183
5	1	LITSENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate comprehension of an oral poem ‘bringing up a good child’ by responding to questions from it	· Reading comprehension · Discussing questions · Writing answers	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 44 · Teachers Book page 42 · Gateway secondary revision book page 57
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Group discussion application	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Talk about the role of the society in shaping a child’s behavior	· Discussing in groups the role of the society in shaping a child’s behavior	Video tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 44-45 · Teachers Book page 43 ·
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of the	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the questions gives · Writing answers	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 49 · Teachers Book page 44 · Gateway secondary revision book page
	4	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: give the meanings of words and use them to write sentences know the spellings of each of the vocabulary words learned apply the vocabulary learned in class in normal day life situations	· reading vocabulary · discussing the meanings of new words	· dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 49 · Teachers Book page 44 · Gateway secondary revision book page 111-112 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 201
	5	GRAMMAR	Personal pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the use of Personal pronouns correctly	· Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 49-50 · Teachers Book page 45 · Gateway secondary revision book page 85-86 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 22 · Teachers Book page 13
	6	WRITING	Summary writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Practice the skill of Summary writing	· Reading a passage · Writing a summary	· Excerpts of summaries	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 51 · Teachers Book page 45-46 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 103
6	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Features of a legend	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a legend on Luanda Magere and respond to given questions · Identify features of a legend	· Listening to legends · Discussing features of legends	· Resource person	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 54 · Teachers Book page 46-48 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 216 · Teachers Book page 130
	2	ORAL SKILLS	Pronunciation of sounds /t/ and /d/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Pronounce the sounds /t/ and /d/ correctly · Identify words with /t/ and /d/ pronunciation · Answer questions with /t/ and /d/ when given to attempt	· Listening to the sounds /t/ and /d/ · Articulating the sounds	· Audio tape · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 55 · Teachers Book page 49 · Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Note taking	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Take notes effectively using content words	· Reading a passage · Discussing steps in note taking · Note taking	· Pre-listening skills	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 55-56 · Teachers Book page 46-47 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42-43
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘the forgotten house’ and respond to a given question’	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the given question · Writing new words	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 56-57 · Teachers Book page 50 · Gateway secondary revision book page 215
	5	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Study words from a comprehension and use them in sentences · Know the spellings of each of the vocabulary words learned · Apply the vocabulary learned in class in their normal day communication	· Discussing meanings of new words · Writing new words	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 57-58 · Teachers Book page 50 · Gateway secondary revision book page 205 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 258 · Teachers Book page 65
	6	GRAMMAR	Infinite pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Infinite pronouns and use them correctly in sentences · Answer any exercise given on Infinite pronouns · Dive examples of Infinite pronouns	· Reading notes in the text books · Discussing the use of pronouns · Writing sentences	· Charts · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 58-59 · Teachers Book page 51 · Gateway secondary revision book page 88-89 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 25 · Teachers Book page 13 · Excelling in English students book page 57-58
7	1	GRAMMAR	Indefinite pronouns with possessive case	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify Indefinite pronouns and give their possessive case	· Identify Indefinite pronouns in a sentence using Indefinite pronouns with possessive case	· charts	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 61-62 · Teachers Book page 51 · Gateway secondary revision book page 88-89
	2	WRITING	Descriptive writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the language used in a descriptive paragraph based on sight · Use different skills in order to make his/her work as interesting as possible · Use adjectives to describe objects and subjects	· Discussing · Writing a descriptive passage	· Sample composition	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 62-63 · Teachers Book page 52 · Gateway secondary revision book page 167 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 261-263 · Teachers Book page 154 · Excelling in English students book page 50
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage and respond to questions based on ‘micro computers’ · Listen to the stress and intonation · Ask any questions for clarification	· Listening comprehension · Speaking about micro computers · Role playing	· Charts · Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 64-66 · Teachers Book page 53-54 · Gateway secondary revision book page 62-63
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘the naughty boys’ and respond to the questions	Reading a passage Discussing the questions Writing new vocabulary	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 65-67 · Teachers Book page 56 · Gateway secondary revision book page 62-63
	5	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the meanings of words used in a passage and write a sentence using them	· Discussion on the meaning of a vocabulary · Writing the meaning of a vocabulary	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 68 · Teachers Book page 57 · Gateway secondary revision book page 63 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 256
	6	GRAMMAR	Primary auxiliary verbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify Primary auxiliary verbs and use them correctly in sentences	· Discussing the use of verbs in sentences · Writing and identifying verbs in a passage	· Flash cards	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 68-714 · Teachers Book page 57-58 · Gateway secondary revision book page 96-97 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 90-91 · Teachers Book page 62
8	1	WRITING	Descriptive writing: sense of smell	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify features of descriptive composition and write appealing to sense of smell	· Reading notes about sense of smell · Writing a descriptive composition	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 71 · Teachers Book page 59 · Gateway secondary revision book page 167 Excelling in English students book page 60
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage on myth of origin and answer the questions correctly · Identify features of myths shown in the passage	· Listening comprehension · Discussing the features of myths · Writing down notes about myths	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 72 · Teachers Book page 60 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 89 · Teachers Book page 37
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Group discussion and application	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Study idiomatic expressions used in the passage and use them correctly in sentences	· Reading idiomatic expressions · Discussing the use of idiomatic expressions · Writing idiomatic expressions	· Video tape	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 72 · Teachers Book page 61 · Gateway secondary revision book page 64-66
	4	READING	Interpretive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage carefully and respond to the questions from it · Obey where stress and intonation is laced · Apply the vocabulary words learnt from the passage in their normal life situation	· Reading a passage · Discussing oral questions	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 73-75 · Teachers Book page 61-62 · Gateway secondary revision book page 64-66
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘the brave girl’ and respond to questions based on it	· Reading comprehension in the question in the text book	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 75-76 · Teachers Book page 62 · Gateway secondary revision book page 38-39
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Study words from the passage and write sentence using them	· Reading vocabulary · Writing sentences using new vocabulary	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 76-77 · Teachers Book page 63 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 295
9	1	GRAMMAR	Modal auxiliaries	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Modal auxiliaries and use them correctly in sentences	· Listening to the explanation · Discussing Modal auxiliaries · Writing sentences · Using Modal auxiliaries	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 77-81 · Teachers Book page 61 · Gateway secondary revision book page 98-101 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 273-275 · Teachers Book page 163 · Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 67
	2	ORAL SKILLS	Uses of auxiliary verbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Enhance oral skills by reading a dialogue and then identifying auxiliary verbs from it	Role playing Reading the use of auxiliary verbs	· Excerpts from dialogue	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 82 · Teachers Book page 64 · Gateway secondary revision book page 96-101 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 69-80
	3	WRITING	Descriptive writing Sense of touch	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use sense of touch as a basis of writing composition	· Discussing the sense of touch · Writing a composition	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 83 · Teachers Book page 64 · Gateway secondary revision book page 167
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING (TEST)	Speaking skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to pronounce the sounds /b/, /p/, /t/ and /d/ correctly	· Speaking to improve their oral skills · Gap filling	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 84-85 · Teachers Book page 65 · Gateway secondary revision book page
	5	STUDY SKILLS	Interview	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to be involved in role play	· Role playing what happens in an interview	· Video tape	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 85-86 · Teachers Book page 66 · Gateway secondary revision book page 150
	6	READING	reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of the poem ‘superstition’ and respond to questions on it	· Reading poems · Writing short poems	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 86 · Teachers guide page 66 · Gateway secondary revision page 49
10	1	READING	reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate comprehension of the passage ‘the boy Amadu’ and respond to questions	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the comprehension question	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 88-90 · Teachers guide page 68 · Gateway secondary revision page 215-216
	2	GRAMMAR	Compound nouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify compound nouns and use them to fill in gaps · Change a compound noun from singular to plural · From a compound noun on his/her own · Answer any question on compound nouns · Give examples of compound nouns	· Gap filling	· Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 90-92 · Teachers Book page 70 · Gateway secondary revision book page 75 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 100 · Teachers Book page 63 · Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 8
	3	WRITING	Punctuation marks	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use apostrophe, quotation marks and hyphen appropriately · Identify the symbols of apostrophe(‘), quotation marks (‘ ’) and hyphen (-) · Answer any question touching apostrophe, quotation marks and hyphen	· Reading about punctuation marks · Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 92 · Teachers Book page 70 · Gateway secondary revision book page 149 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 145,212,89 · Teachers Book page 46,58,89 · Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 39
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage ‘the Arinkon’ and answer the questions correctly	· Listen to comprehension · Writing answers to comprehension questions	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 94 · Teachers guide page 71-74
	5	STUDY SKILLS	Group discussion and application	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Take notes on the problems the maasai faced in fulfilling the conditions and answer the questions correctly	· Discussing the problems facing the Maasai · Reading a passage	·	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 94 · Teachers Book page 71-74
	6	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the comprehension ‘corruption’ and respond to the questions asked correctly	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the effects of corruption · Writing answers to the comprehension questions	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 95-97 · Teachers Book page 75-76 · Gateway secondary revision book page 218-219
11	1	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify usage of figurative language and use it correctly in sentences	· Discussing the use of figurative language · Writing a sentence using learnt vocabulary	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 98 · Teachers Book page 76 · Gateway secondary revision book page 207 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 295
	2	GRAMMAR	Modal auxiliary verbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Modal auxiliary verbs and use them in sentences	· Reading teachers notes · Discussing the position of Modal auxiliaries in sentences · Gap filling	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 98 · Teachers Book page 76 · Gateway secondary revision book page 207 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 295
	3	WRITING	Descriptive writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify sense of taste to descriptive writing and write a paragraph based on sense of taste	· Write a descriptive based on sense of taste	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 102 · Teachers Book page 77 · Gateway secondary revision book page 167 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 261-263 · Teachers Book page 154
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening to a song (lullaby)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a lullaby and answer questions correctly	· Listening to a lullaby · Discussing the functions of a lullaby	· Audio-tape	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 104 · Teachers Book page 77-79 · Gateway secondary revision book page 27 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 121 · Teachers Book page 84
	5	STUDY SKILLS	Using the library	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the departments in a library and their uses	· Discussing how to use catalogues in a library	· Catalogue	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 105-107 · Teachers Book page 79 · Gateway secondary revision book page 27
	6	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘democracy’ and respond to questions based on it	· Reading comprehension · Discussing questions	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 107-109 · Teachers Book page 79 -86 · Gateway secondary revision book page 206-207
12		REVISION		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to Revise the terms work	·	·	· Advancing in English Book 2 · Gateway secondary revision · New integrated English book 2 · Excelling in English book 2
	END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

ENGLISH FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Consolidate a number of vocabulary and use it in sentences correctly	· Reading vocabulary · Discussing ways of consolidating the vocabulary	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 109 · Teachers Book page 80
	2	GRAMMAR	Perfective aspect	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Perfective aspect and use it correctly in sentences	· Gap filling · Discussing the use of Perfective aspect	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 110-113 · Teachers Book page 80 · Gateway secondary revision book page 105 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 259 · Teachers Book page · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 79
	3	WRITING	Descriptive writing Sense of hearing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the importance of sense of hearing in descriptive writing and write a paragraph based on it	· Reading a descriptive essay · Discussing the importance of the sense of hearing · Writing a descriptive essay	· Sample paragraph	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 114 · Teachers Book page 81 · Gateway secondary revision book page 167
	4	LISTENING AND READING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a dialogue and discuss issues raised from it	· Reading dialogue · Discussing the issues raised in the dialogue	· Audio-tape	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 116 · Teachers Book page 82 · Gateway secondary revision book page 217-218 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 129 · Teachers Book page 76 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 103
	5	STUDY SKILLS	Studying a poem	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read and show understanding of a given poem ‘the dawn’ · Show the aspects of poem i.e. styles, themes, persona, rhyme & rhythm, mood & tone · Answer any question on poetry	· Reading poems · Discussing issues raised in the poem	· Notes on east African poetry by Austin Bukenya	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 117 · Teachers Book page 83 · Gateway secondary revision book page 218-219 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 107 · Teachers Book page 67
	6	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a given passage ‘the nursing interview’	· Reading comprehension · Discussing oral questions · Writing answers to the questions	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 119-120 · Teachers Book page 84 · Gateway secondary revision book page 236
2	1	GRAMMAR	Progressive aspect	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the correct forms of progressive aspect and use them in sentences	· Gap filling	· Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 122 · Teachers Book page 85-86 · Gateway secondary revision book page 105-106 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 81 · Teachers Book page 48 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 90
	2	WRITING	Writing a poem	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to write short poems on familiar topics such as nature	· Reading notes about writing poems · Writing poems	· Sample poems	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 123 · Teachers Book page 86 · Gateway secondary revision book page 111 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 178 · Teachers Book page 101
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the poem ‘come my mother’s sen’ and state the society’s expectation of boys and girls according to the poem	· Listening to poems · Discussing the society’s expectation of boys and girls according to the poem	· Audio-tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 125 · Teachers Book page 87
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Use a library	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read given books and demonstrate ability of comprehension · Write all the books in the library	· Reading library books	· Readers	· Library books · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 33, 43
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘equality in education’ and respond to questions based on it	· Reading comprehension · Discussing oral questions	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 125-127 · Teachers Book page 86 · Gateway secondary revision book page 39
	6	ORAL SKILLS	Reading aloud	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the poem ‘come, my mother’s sons and use gestures and intonation to add meaning to it · Read the words correctly obeying the punctuation marks · Lay stress on words where necessary · Answer any questions give to him/her to attempt · Understand all the vocabulary words used in the lesson	· Reading a poem aloud · Discussing the use of gesture	· Reading excerpts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 125 · Teachers Book page 87 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 172 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 52
3	1	GRAMMAR	Future time	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the different ways of expressing Future time and use them correctly in sentences	· Reading notes · Discussing the Future time	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 127 · Teachers Book page 89-90 · Gateway secondary revision book page · New integrated English book 2 students book page 33 · Teachers Book page 19
	2	WRITING	Double consonants	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify spelling and use them correctly in sentences · Identify the examples of double consonants e.g. ∫, ө	· Reading notes and spelling rules · Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 129 · Teachers Book page · Gateway secondary revision book page 76 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 114 · Teachers Book page 72
	3	ORAL SKILLS	Silent letters	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify silent letters in given words	· Reading silent letters · Gap filling	· Spelling drill · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 130 · Teachers Book page 89 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 33, 43
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage ‘I use my hands’ and show a better understanding of the hearing impaired	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the use of sign language	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 113 · Teachers Book page 90-91 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 52 · Teachers Book page 34 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 172
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘social disease’ by responding to the questions from it	· Reading comprehension · Writing new words	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 133-135 · Teachers Book page 94-95 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37-39
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Consolidate vocabulary by inferring their meaning and using them correctly in sentences	· Reading new words · Discussing the meaning of new words · Writing	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 135-136 · Teachers Book page95 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 32 · Teachers Book page 17
4	1	GRAMMAR	Order of adjectives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the order of adjectives and use them correctly in sentences	· Reading a list of adjectives · Writing sentences with adjectives in their correct order	· Charts · Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 136-137 · Teachers Book page 96 · Gateway secondary revision book page 121-122 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 121-122 · Teachers Book page 69 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 126
	2	WRITING	Paragraph development Giving reasons	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Develop concise paragraphs and give reasons in a paragraph	Discussing how to write a cohesive paragraph Writing a paragraph	· Sample paragraph	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 138 · Teachers Book page 96 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 156 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 127
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage ‘the origin of ‘Edi festival’ and respond to questions from it	· Listen to a passage · Discussing oral questions	· Audio tape	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 140 · Teachers Book page 98 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 26
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Reading the passage ‘eye contact’ and demonstrate its understanding by responding to questions	· Reading comprehension · Discussing and demonstrating · The use of eye contact	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 141-143 · Teachers Book page 100 Gateway secondary revision book page 70
	5	USE OF LIBRARY	Extensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read given texts from the library	· Reading library books · Writing summaries	· Readers	· Library books
	6	WRTITING	Dialogue	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a dialogue using the correct format	· Reading dialogue · Discussing the issues in the dialogue · Writing dialogue	· Excerpts of dialogue	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 145 · Teachers guide page 102 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 103 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 129 · Teachers guide page 72
5	1	GRAMMAR	Adverbs of place	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify and use adverbs of place correctly in sentences	· Gap filling	· Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 143-145 · Teachers guide page 101-102 · Gateway secondary revision book page 123 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 135 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 211 · Teachers guide page 86
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the narrative ‘The Origin of death’ and identify features of a myth	· Listening comprehension · Discussing myths · Writing features of myths	Sample myths	· Advancing in English Book 1 students book Page 146 · Teachers guide page 103-104 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 89 · Teachers guide page 54
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Bowing and curtsying	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Bow and curtsy appropriately	· Role playing (curtsy and bowing )	· Resource person	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 146-148 · Teachers Book page 104-105 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 203
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage ‘karanja the bully’ and respond to the questions	· Reading comprehension · Discussing oral questions · Writing answers to questions	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 148-149 · Teachers Book page 105-106 · Gateway secondary revision book page 235
	5	GRAMMAR	Comparative and superlative forms of adverbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use adverbs correctly in their correct form	· Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 150-151 · Teachers Book page 106 · Gateway secondary revision book page 130 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 134 · Teachers Book page 69 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 145
	6	WRITING	Personal journals	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a Personal journal using the correct format	· Reading notes about Personal journal · Discussing the format of a Personal journal · Writing Personal journals	· Sample journals	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 153 · Teachers Book page 107 · Gateway secondary revision book page 27-28 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 120 · Teachers Book page 71 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 179
6	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Hold a class debate on ‘it is better to be circumcised at home’	· Discussing the effects of circumcision at home	· Video tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 153
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Class debates	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Hold a class debate on ‘it is better to be circumcised at home than in the hospital’	· Discussing the effects of circumcision at home and in the hospital	· Video – tape	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 153 · Teachers Book page 107
	3	ORAL SKILLS	Pronunciation of /ᴣ:/ and /ᴧ /	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Pronounce the sounds /ᴣ:/ and /ᴧ / correctly · Attempt any exercise touching on /ᴣ:/ and /ᴧ /pronunciation	· Reading a passage · Discussing how to articulate the given sounds	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 153 · Teachers Book page 108 · Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4
	4	USE OF THE LIBRARY	Encyclopedia	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Define a card catalogue and give its uses · Name the books found in the library · Define an encyclopedia	· Reading library books · Discussing getting information from an encyclopedia	· Encyclopedia	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 154 · Teachers Book page 108 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 33 and 43
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘Nandu the village newspaper’ by responding to questions	· Reading comprehension · Writing answers to the passage	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 155-157 · Teachers Book page 108-109 · Gateway secondary revision book page 64
	6	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Consolidate vocabulary by matching words with their equivalents in meaning	· Reading vocabulary · matching words with their equivalents in meaning	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 158 · Teachers Book page 109 · Gateway secondary revision book page 64 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 256
7	1	GRAMMAR	Subordinating conjunctions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Subordinating conjunctions and use them correctly in sentences	· Gap filling	· Flash cards	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 158-160 · Teachers Book page 110 · Gateway secondary revision book page 128-129 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 194 · Teachers Book page 112 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 33 and 168
	2	WRITING	Shopping lists	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a shopping list using the correct format	· Reading a shopping list · Discussing · Writing a shopping list	· Sample shopping lists	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 160-163 · Teachers Book page 111 · Gateway secondary revision book page 163 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 214
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Respond to questions on work songs · Understand the content of songs	· Listening comprehension · Discussing the importance of songs · Singing a song	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 164 · Teachers Book page 111 · Gateway secondary revision book page 29-30 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 121 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 96
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Group discussion and application	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify work songs from their community and sing in class	· Singing in class · Discussing in groups · Identify work song	· Audio tape · Resource person	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 164 · Teachers Book page 113 · Gateway secondary revision book page
	5	ORAL SKILLS	Pronunciation /ei/ and /e/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Pronounce the sounds /ei/ and /e/ correctly	· Listening to the sounds · Articulating the sounds · Writing the words with the sounds	· Dictionary · Pronunciation skills	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 165 · Teachers Book page 57112-113 · Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4
	6	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate comprehension of the passage ‘the picnic’ by responding correctly to the questions asked on it	· Reading comprehension · Discussing oral questions · Writing answers to comprehension questions	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 165-168 · Teachers Book page 113 · Gateway secondary revision book page 225
8	1	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Infer the meanings of words correctly and use them correctly in sentences	· Reading a passage · Discussing the meaning of words · Writing new words	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 168 · Teachers Book page 113
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Debate	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Hold a class debate on ‘many mistakes that young people make in life as a result of peers’	· Discussing the mistakes that young people make in life	· Video tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 168 · Teachers Book page 113
	3	GRAMMAR	Modal auxiliary verbs ‘ought’, ‘must’ and ‘need’	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of the uses of auxiliary verbs ‘ought’, ‘must’ and ‘need’ in sentences	· Gap filling · Reading notes on auxiliary verbs ‘ought’, ‘must’ and ‘need’	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 169 · Teachers Book page 114 · Gateway secondary revision book page 96 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 215-282 · Teachers Book page 163
	4	WRITING	Making posters	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to design a poster · Demonstrate the importance of posters · Demonstrate the occasions where posters can be used	· Writing posters · Discussing what o include in a poster	· Sample poster	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 171-172 · Teachers Book page 114 · Gateway secondary revision book page 183 · New integrated English book 2 · Teachers Book page 65 · Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 158
	5	USE OF THE LIBRARY	Extensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use a library well · Be able to locate different books and other materials within the library	· Reading library books · Discussing the stories and read from the library books	· Readers	· Library books
	6	LISTENING AND SPEAKING (TEST)	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate oral skills by pronouncing the sounds /e/ and /ei/ as they read a poem · Use the sound in their own poetry composition	· Reading words with sounds /e/ and /ei/ · Listening to a poem	· Readers	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 173 · Teachers Book page 115 · Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4
9	1	STUDY SKILLS (TEST)	Note-making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘the effects of gossip’ and respond to questions based on it · Decipher major points from the passage · Make own notes using the appropriate symbols i.e. hyphen (-) numbers (i) or 2. Dash (-) bulleting (•)	· Reading passage · Writing notes	· Chalk board	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 174 · Teachers Book page 116 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 193 · Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 106
	2	READING (TEST)	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage and demonstrate understanding of its contents · Answer any questions based on the passage	· Reading comprehension · Writing correct answers to the questions	·	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 176 · Teachers Book page 116 · Gateway secondary revision book page 58-59
	3	WORD STUDY	Vocabulary test	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify meaning of words and use them to fill in gaps in sentences	· Gap filling	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 176-180 · Teachers Book page 116-117 · Gateway secondary revision book page 58-59
	4	WRITING (TEST)	Personal journal	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a personal journal using the correct format	· Writing a personal journal	· Sample of a personal journal	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 180 · Teachers Book page 118 · Gateway secondary revision book page 163 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 120 · Teachers Book page 71 · Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 179
	5	WRITING (TEST)	Paragraphs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write coherent paragraphs and show variety of sentences	· Writing paragraphs	·	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 180 · Teachers Book page 118 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158
	6	GRAMMAR (TEST)	Minimal pairs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate knowledge of Minimal pairs by choosing the correct word to fill in the gaps	· Gap filling	·	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 181 · Teachers guide page 66 · Gateway secondary revision page 118
10	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the functions of a teasing song after listening to the one being read	· listening comprehension · identifying the functions of a teasing song	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 182 · Teachers guide page 119
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Interview	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to conduct an interview using the correct tone, gestures, stress and facial expression	· Demonstrating ability to conduct and interview using correct tone, gesture etc.	· Role play	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 182 · Teachers Book page 120 · Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 150
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘the orphan’ by responding to questions based on it	· Reading comprehension · Writing answers correctly	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 183-184 · Teachers Book page 120-121 · Gateway secondary revision book page 193
	4	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Consolidate words and match them with their correct meaning from a given column	· Reading and matching words with their correct meaning from a given column	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 185 · Teachers guide page 121 · Gateway secondary revision book page 193
	5	GRAMMAR	Verb phrases	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify two verb phrases and use then correctly in sentence	· Reading notes on verb phrases · Writing sentences using verb phrases · Gap filling	· Flash cards · charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 9185-187 · Teachers Book page 121-122 · Gateway secondary revision book page 131 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 56 · Teachers Book page 33
	6	WRITING	Paragraphs development	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write paragraphs which are sensible and coherent	· Reading coherent passage · Write paragraphs	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 187-188 · Teachers Book page 122 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 72 · Teachers Book page 51
11,12 and 13	1	REVISION		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Revise the terms work on their own			· Advancing in English Book 2
	MID YEAR EXAMINATIONS

ENGLISH FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · identify features of actiological tales · Tell an actiological narrative from their communities	· Listening comprehension · Identifying the features of an aetiogical story	· Readers · Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 1-2 · Teachers Book page 21-24 · Gateway secondary revision book page 4 · Oral literature; a senior course page 114
	2	STUDY SKILLS	The inherent	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Gain basic skills by using the inherent	· Listening to the teachers explanation · Discussing the use of the inherent	· Resource persons · Magazines	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 189-190 · Teachers Book page 123-124 · Gateway secondary revision book page 176 · Excelling in English boo 2 students book page 64
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘a small world’ and respond to the questions based on it	· Reading comprehension · Discussing oral questions	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 191-192 · Teachers Book page 124 · Gateway secondary revision book page 60
	4	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Consolidate words and pair them with phrases which explain their meaning	· Reading a passage · Writing phrases and explaining their meaning	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 192 · Teachers Book page 124 · Gateway secondary revision book page 60
	5	GRAMMAR	Adverb phrases	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify adverb phrases and use them to fill gaps correctly	· Discussing the use of adverb phrases · Gap filling	· Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 192-194 · Teachers Book page 124-125 · Gateway secondary revision book page 131-132 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 195-197
	6	WRITING	Filling in forms	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Fill in forms correctly	· Filling in forms	· Sample forms	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 195-197 · Teachers Book page 126-127 · Gateway secondary revision book page 189 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 316 · Teachers Book page 180
2	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen and respond to the questions from the excerpt correctly · Summarize content of the excerpt effectively	· Listening comprehension · Discussing oral questions · Writing a summary	· Excerpts from a novel	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 198 · Teachers Book page 126 · Gateway secondary revision book page 228
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Note making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Apply note-making skills learnt to make good notes from the passage	· Reading a passage · Discussing the skill of note making · Note making	· Sample notes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 198-199 · Teachers Book page 126-127 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Respond to the questions on the passage ‘hawa’s story’ · Decipher major points on the passage	· Reading a story · Discussing the story · Writing new words	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 200-201 · Teachers Book page 127 · Gateway secondary revision book page 226-227
	4	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Infer meaning of words and use them to fill in gaps	· Reading new words · Writing meaning of words · Filling in gaps	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 201-202 · Teachers Book page 127 · Gateway secondary revision book page 200
	5	GRAMMER	Clauses	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify and distinguish between clauses and phrases and use them correctly in sentences	· Distinguishing clauses · Filling in gaps	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 204 · Teachers Book page 128 · Gateway secondary revision book page 136 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 222 · Teachers Book page 134 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 208-209
	6	WRITING	Creative writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a creative essay	· Discussing the components of a creative writing · Writing a creative essay	· Readers	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 204 · Teachers Book page 128 · Gateway secondary revision book page 177 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 283 · Teachers Book page 163 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 71
3	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use various standard polite expressions to apologize	· Listening to a passage · Speaking politely	· Audio – tape · Resource person · Pre-listening activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 205 · Teachers Book page 129 · Gateway secondary revision book page 194
	2	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘omieri the snake’ and demonstrate understand by responding to questions correctly	· Reading comprehension · Discussing our culture · Writing answers	· Pre-reading activities · Atlas · photographs	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 206-207 · Teachers Book page 130 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13
	3	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Fill in the crossword puzzle using appropriate words	· Reading the passage · Filling in the crossword puzzle	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 207-209 · Teachers Book page 130 · Gateway secondary revision book page 111
	4	GRAMMAR	Compound and complex sentences	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Distinguish between Compound and complex sentences	· Reading notes about compound and complex sentences · Writing sentences	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 209-201 · Teachers Book page 130-131 · Gateway secondary revision book page 136
	5	ORAL SKILLS	Pronunciation / ∫/ and /S/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Pronounce the sounds / ∫/ and /S/ correctly · Give examples of words with the / ∫/ and /S/ pronunciation · Attempt any questions about / ∫/ and /S/ pronunciation	· Listening to the sounds · Articulating the sounds	· Audio-tape	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page · Teachers Book page · Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 114 · Teachers Book page 72
	6	WRITING	Business letters	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a business letter using the correct layout ·	· Reading notes about business letters · Writing a business letter	· Sample letters	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 211-218 · Teachers Book page 129 · Gateway secondary revision book page 182-183 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 251 · Teachers Book page 148 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 147
4	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a song and identify the features of a dirge ·	· Listening comprehension · Discussing the features of a dirge · Writing a dirge	· Pre-listening activities · Resource person	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 219 · Teachers Book page 133 · Gateway secondary revision book page 30
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Aspects of style	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the use of a narrator voice in a novel	· Reading a narrative · Discussing the voice of a narrator in a novel	· Readers	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 220-221 · Teachers Book page 135 · Gateway secondary revision book page 43 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 130
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a given passage ‘God given right’ and respond to the questions correctly	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the God given rights · Writing new words	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 222-224 · Teachers Book page 135 · Gateway secondary revision book page 69
	4	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Build vocabulary through word study and be able to use them correctly in a sentence	· Read vocabulary · Discussing the items under word study · Writing sentences	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 225 · Teachers Book page 136 · Gateway secondary revision book page 69
	5	GRAMMAR	Active and passive voice	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the active voice and be able to transform sentences from the active to the passive voice	· Working pairs · Writing sentences in active and passive voice	· Sample sentences · Newspaper cuttings	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 225-228 · Teachers Book page 136 · Gateway secondary revision book page 142 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 289 · Teachers book page 181-182 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 199
	6	WRITING	Paragraphs comparing and contrasting	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Compare and contrast issue in a paragraph · Write a paragraph showing contrast and similarities	· Reading paragraphs · Discussing contrast and similarities in a paragraph · Writing a paragraph	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 228-229 · Teachers Book page 137 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159
5	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen carefully to the myth ‘musoke’ and identify the features of a myth	· Listening to a myth · Discussing features of a myth · Writing features of myths	· Audio-tapes · Resource person	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 230 · Teachers Book page 137-138 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13 · Oral literature a senior course page 92 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 61
	1	ORAL SKILLS	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen carefully to the myth ‘musoke’ and identify the features of a myth	· Listening to a myth · Discussing features of a myth · Writing features of myths	· Audio-tapes · Resource person	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 230 · Teachers Book page 137-138 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13 · Oral literature a senior course page 92 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 61
	2	ORAL SKILLS	Sounds /D/ and /ǝu/	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Distinguish between sounds /D/ and /ǝu/ and pronounce them correctly	· Reading sounds	· Audio-tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 230-232 · Teachers Book page 139-140 · Gateway secondary revision book page 1-4
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘the Japanese bombing sounds’ and answer the questions based on it correctly	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the effects of the bombing · Writing a summary	· Audio-tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 232-234 · Teachers Book page 140-141 · Gateway secondary revision book page 58
	4	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Infer meanings of words from the passage and use them to form sentences correctly	· Reading the vocabulary · Discussing the meaning of words · Writing the new words	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 234-235 · Teachers Book page 141
	5	GRAMMAR	Complex compositions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify complex prepositions and use them correctly in sentences	· Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 235-236 · Teachers Book page 141 · Gateway secondary revision book page 127 · Spot on grammar students book page 131 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 155
	6	WRITING	Letter of apology	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Write an apology letter using the correct layout and language	· Reading letters of apology · Writing an apology letter	· Sample letters	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 236-237 · Teachers Book page 141 · Gateway secondary revision book page 182
6	1	LISTENING AND COMPOSITION	Note-taking	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen to the passage ’deforestation’ and take notes using the skills learnt	· Listening to a passage · Discussing skills of note taking · Writing notes	· Audio-tape	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 238 · Teachers Book page 142 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Passing information to others	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of effective oral communication skills by passing information correctly	· Demonstrating effectiveness of communication	· video-tapes	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 238-239 · Teachers Book page 142-143 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘going abroad’ by responding to questions based on it correctly	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the passage ‘going abroad’	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 239-241 · Teachers Book page 143 · Gateway secondary revision book page 193
	4	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify meaning of words used in the passage ‘going abroad’ and use them to fill gaps	· Filling in gaps	· Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 241-242 · Teachers Book page 143 · Gateway secondary revision book page 193
	5	GRAMMAR	Idioms	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Use idioms correctly within a given context	· Filling in gaps · Writing idioms and their meaning	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 242-244 · Teachers Book page 143-144 · Gateway secondary revision book page 112-113 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 9 · Teachers Book page 10
	6	WRITING	Advertisements	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Design an advertisement correctly	· Read advertisements · Writing an advertisement	· Sample advertisement	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 244-245 · Teachers Book page 144 · Gateway secondary revision book page 184 · Excelling in English book 2 students book page 170 · Teachers Book page 161 · New integrated English book 2 students book page 50
7	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate comprehension of the passage on ‘bhang’ by responding to questions based on the passage	· Listening comprehension · Discussing effects of bhang	· Pre-listening activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 246 · Teachers Book page 145 · Gateway secondary revision book page 203
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Interview	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Act out and appropriately complete the interview on drug addiction	· Role playing (interview)	·	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 246-247 · Teachers Book page 146
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate comprehension of the passage ‘bhang in Kenya’ by responding to questions based on it	· Reading comprehension · Discussing the effect of bhang in Kenya	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 247-248 · Teachers Book page 146 · Gateway secondary revision book page 205-206
	4	WORD STUDY	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Consolidate new words from the passage and use them correctly on sentences	· discussing the meaning of new words · Writing the new words	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 248 · Teachers Book page 146 · Gateway secondary revision book page 205-206
	5	GRAMMAR	Active and passive voice	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify progressive aspect and use it correctly with the active and passive voice	· Reading notes in the text book · Discussing how to transform sentences · Writing sentences	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 249-251 · Teachers Book page 147-148 · Gateway secondary revision book page 142
	6	WRITING	Using idiomatic expressions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify idiomatic expressions and use them to develop paragraphs correctly	· Reading idiomatic expressions · Writing idioms	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 251-252 · Teachers Book page 148-149 · Gateway secondary revision book page 112-113
8	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate comprehension of passage ‘conserving electricity’ by answering questions based on it	· Listening to a passage · Discussing the ways of conserving electricity	· Pre-listening activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 252 · Teachers Book page 149-150 · Gateway secondary revision book page 215
	2	USE OF LIBRARY	Extensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate ability to use the library by reading extensively within the library	· Reading library books	· Readers · Flash cards	· Library books
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of the passage ‘electricity’ by responding to questions based on it	· Reading comprehension · Writing answers	· Pre reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 253-254 · Teachers Book page 150-151 · Gateway secondary revision book page 225
	4	WORD STUDY	Using a dictionary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate ability to find meaning of words from a dictionary and use them in sentences	· Looking up meaning the dictionary · Discussing the meanings of words before looking up the dictionary	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 254 · Teachers Book page 151
	5	GRAMMAR	Modal auxiliaries ’used to’ and ‘dare’	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify and use correctly the modal auxiliary ‘used to’ and ‘dare’ in sentences	· Reading notes in the text books · Writing sentences using ‘dare’ and ‘used to’	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 254-255 · Teachers Book page 152 · Gateway secondary revision book page 100-101
	6		Paragraphs using facts, statistics and rhetorical questions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Write short paragraphs using rhetorical questions facts and statistics	· Reading paragraphs · Discussing the use of rhetorical questions · Writing paragraphs	· Sample paragraphs · Newspapers cutting	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 256-259 · Teachers Book page 152-153 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158-160
9 & 10		REVISION		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Revise the work covered in the course of the year on their own			· Advancing in English Book 2 Gateway secondary revision
11	END OF YEAR EXAMINATIONS

ENGLISH FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · identify features of actiological tales · Tell an actiological narrative from their communities	· Listening comprehension · Identifying the features of an aetiogical story	· Readers · Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 1-2 · Teachers Book page 21-24 · Gateway secondary revision book page 4 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 4
	2	SPEAKING	Stress in sentences	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Place stress on the right words in sentences to bring out the right meaning	· Placing stress on the right words in sentences to bring out the right meaning	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 2-3 · Teachers Book page 24 · Gateway secondary revision book page 8-10 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 69
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘from rugs to riches’ · Answer questions on the passage	· Reading comprehension ·	· Pre-reading activities	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 3-6 · Teachers Book page 25-26 · Gateway secondary revision book page
	4	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study · Demonstrate the ability to use them in their own sentences	· Discussing · Reading vocabulary · Writing sentences	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 7 · Teachers Book page 26 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55-56 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 223
	5	GRAMMAR	Nouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · categorize nouns into; countable, uncountable, concrete, abstract, proper, collective and compound nouns · Give examples of each	· Discussing categories of nouns · Gap filling		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 7-8 · Teachers Book page 28 · Gateway secondary revision book page 74-75 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 42
	6	WRITING	Paragraphing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Develop unity in paragraphs · Write an essay using transitional words	· Writing paragraphs	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Book 2 students book Page 8-9 · Teachers Book page 28 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 110
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text of the river between · Discuss he background of the novel	· Reading set texts · Discussing the background of the river between	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss the author of the novel · Discuss the setting	· Reading set texts · Discussing the setting of given texts	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· The river between
2	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the comprehension passage · Answer questions · Discuss stylistic devices in the story	· Listening comprehension · Discussing stylistic devices	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 10 · Teachers Book page 29-31 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158
	2	SPEAKING	Emphatic stress	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Place emphatic stress on the correct words in sentences	· Speaking using emphatic stress	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 11 · Teachers Book page 31-32 · Gateway secondary revision book page 8-10 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 114
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Study reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Practice study reading using the SQ3R technique	· reading using the SQ3R technique	· set books · charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 12-14 · Teachers Book page 32-33 · Gateway secondary revision book page 39 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 1
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage and answer questions	· Reading comprehension · Answering questions	· Extracts from magazines	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 14-17 · Teachers Book page 33-34 · Gateway secondary revision book page 61
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary · Demonstrate the ability to use it	· Reading new words · Discussing the meaning of the new words	· Tapes on AIDS · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 14-17 · Teachers Book page33-34 · Gateway secondary revision book page 61 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 223 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 140
	6	GRAMMAR	Noun deviations	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Add suffixes ‘ee’ and ‘er’ to verbs or adjectives to form nouns	· Discussing · Deriving nouns by adding suffixes	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 17-19 · Teachers Book page 33-34 · Gateway secondary revision book page 119-120 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 42-46 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 6 · Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 5
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss he setting of the river between	· Reading comprehension · Discussing	· Audio tapes ·	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 1	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze plot, themes, style and characterization	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Dictionary	· The river between
3	1	WRITING	Cohesion in paragraphs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use sequence to achieve unity of a paragraph	· Reading paragraphs · Discussing	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 21-22 · Teachers Book page 35 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 23 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 9
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage keenly and answer questions	· Listening · Writing answers	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 21-22 · Teachers Book page 36-38 · Gateway secondary revision book page 188
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Note making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage · Make notes · Answer any questions given about the passage	· Reading passage · Making notes	· Picture cutting	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 22-24 · Teachers Book page 38 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42 · Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 31 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 64 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 20
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully and answer questions	· Reading comprehension · Writing answers	· Magazines	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 24-27 · Teachers Book page 33 · Gateway secondary revision book page 61
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading words · Gap filling	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 24-27 · Teachers Book page 39 · Gateway secondary revision book page 61
	6	GRAMMAR	Noun deviation	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Add suffixes ‘ness’ and ‘ism’ to words to form nouns	· Discussing suffixes · Gap filling	· chart	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 27-29 · Teachers Book page 40 · Gateway secondary revision book page 118-119 · Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 5 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 42-46
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 1	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading set texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 1	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading set texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · Dictionary	· The river between
4	1	WRITING	Transitional words and phrases	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use transitional words of contrast and choice · Write a short paragraph	· Discussing · Writing a short paragraph	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 28-29 · Teachers Book page 40-41 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 16 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 10
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Make notes on features of dilemma stories · Hold a class discussion	· Writing features of a dilemma story · Reading a passage Discussing	· Picture cuttings	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 30-31 · Teachers Book page 42-43 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13 · Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 38 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 55 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 295
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Critical reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to read the passage critically	· Reading	· Sample extracts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 30-31 · Teachers Book page 42-43 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully and answer questions	· Reading comprehension · Writing	· Picture cutting	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 32-34 · Teachers Book page 44-45 · Gateway secondary revision book page 64
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary · Demonstrate their ability to use it	· Reading · Discussing	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 32-34 · Teachers Book page 44-45 · Gateway secondary revision book page 64
	6	GRAMMAR	Gender	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Denote masculine and feminine gender correctly	· Discussing · Writing feminine and masculine names	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 34-36 · Teachers Book page 45 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 17
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and characterization	· Reading set texts · Discussing · Writing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 1	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and characterization	· Reading set texts · Discussing · Writing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
5	1	WRITING	Transitional words and phrases ; paragraphs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use transitional words and phrases effectively to achieve unity in paragraphs	· Discussing · Writing	· Charts · Excerpts from stories	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 36 · Teachers Book page 45-46 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 16 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 10
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen keenly to a passage and answer questions · Read the song expressively to bring out rhythm	· Discussing · Listening to a song · Speaking	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 37-38 · Teachers Book page 47-48 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Studying a play	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Dramatize the play extract making correct use of the stage directions	· Dramatizing	· Sample play excerpts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 39-40 · Teachers Book page 48 · Gateway secondary revision book page 44
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully and answer the questions	· Reading comprehension · Writing	· Pre-reading extracts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 41-44 · Teachers Book page 49-50 · Gateway secondary revision book page 64
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary Demonstrate their ability to use it	· Reading · Discussing meaning of words	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 41-44 · Teachers Book page 49-50 · Gateway secondary revision book page 64
	6	GRAMMAR	Pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the use of pronouns in a subjective case	· Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 44-45 · Teachers Book page 50-51 · Gateway secondary revision book page 85 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 24 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 24 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 85
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 1	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading set texts · Discussing the theme, plot style in text · Writing notes	· dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 1	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading set texts · Discussing the theme, plot · Writing notes	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
6	1	WRITING	The colon	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Rewrite sentences using the colon effectively	· Discussing the use of the colon · Writing sentences using the colon	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 46-47 · Teachers Book page 51 · Gateway secondary revision book page 152 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 48 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 74
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen keenly to the passage and answer questions Take notes	· Listening to a passage · Note taking	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 48 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Writing a book review	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read one of the set books and write a book review	· Reading a book review · Discussing · Writing a book review	· Set texts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 48-50 · Teachers Book page 53 · Gateway secondary revision book page 172 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 176
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage correctly and answer the questions	· Reading comprehension · Discussing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 50-52 · Teachers Book page 53-54 · Gateway secondary revision book page 67
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Write an essay to illustrate the saying given	· Discussion · Writing	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 50-53 · Teachers Book page 53-54 · Gateway secondary revision book page 199
	6	GRAMMER	Pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify the use of pronouns in the objective cases Know how objective cases are used with preposition That the pronoun her, him and them take places of objects therefore they are objective cases	· Discussing · Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 53-55 · Teachers Book page 54-55 · Gateway secondary revision book page 93-94 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 25-27 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 25
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 1	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading set texts · Discussing the theme, plot style in text · Writing notes	· dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 1	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading set texts · Discussing the theme, plot · Writing notes	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
7	1	WRITING	The semi colon	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Re write the sentences using the semi colon in the right places Know that they are used to connect parts of a sentence that are closely related Differentiate between colon and semi colon	· discussing · re-writing sentences	· Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 55-56 · Teachers Book page 55 · Gateway secondary revision book page 152 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 49 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 34 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 66
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen keenly to the passage and answer questions Identify the features of speech	· Listening · Discussing	· Sample speech	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 57 · Teachers Book page 56-57 · Gateway secondary revision book page 188 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 138 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 138
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Distinguishing facts from opinions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully and distinguish facts from opinions	· Reading passage	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 57-58 · Teachers Book page 57-58 · Gateway secondary revision book page 203 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 83
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully and answer questions from the passage	· Reading comprehension · Discussing	· Article on HIV and AIDS	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 59-62 · Teachers Book page 58-59 · Gateway secondary revision book page 193
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary Demonstrate the ability to use new words	· discussing · Writing	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 59-62 · Teachers Book page 58-59 · Gateway secondary revision book page 193 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 140
	6	GRAMMAR	Demonstrative pronouns	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Use demonstrative pronouns correctly	· Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 62-65 · Teachers Book page 59 · Gateway secondary revision book page 89 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 34-35 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 132 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 73
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 2	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
8	1	WRITING	Choice of words	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Choose appropriate words o give the intended meaning	· Discussing · Writing sentences	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 65-67 · Teachers Book page 60 · Gateway secondary revision book page 177 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 41 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 17-18 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 98
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen keenly to the passage and answer questions Identify the features of etiological tales in the story Identify the characters and their character traits Give the lesson learnt from the passage	· Listening · Discussing the features of etiological tales	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 68 · Teachers Book page 61-62 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 98 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 61,71
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Attitude in oral narratives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully · Identify the attitude of the narrator in oral stories	· Reading narratives · Discussing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 68-70 · Teachers Book page 62 · Gateway secondary revision book page 11 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 73-74
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully and answer the questions from the passage	· Reading a passage · Writing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 70-73 · Teachers Book page 62-63 · Gateway secondary revision book page
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading · Writing sentences	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 70-73 · Teachers Book page 62-63 · Gateway secondary revision book page 215
	6	GRAMMAR	Transitive and intransitive verbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify and use verbs transitively and intransitively	· Discussing · Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 73-76 · Teachers Book page 64 · Gateway secondary revision book page 106-7 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 45 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 95-98 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 41-42
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 2	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 3	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
9	1	WRITING	Use of parenthesis	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify and add parenthesis to sentences	· Discussing · Writing sentences	· Charts · Sample sentences	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 76-78 · Teachers Book page 64 · Gateway secondary revision book page 152 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 59 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 44 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 235
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify the use of suspense in an oral narrative Hold a class discussion on features of ogre stories	· Listening to a narrative · Discussing the features of ogre stories	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 79 · Teachers Book page 65 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13
	3	READING SKILL	Interpretive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage interpretively to bring out emotions	· Reading a passage · Discussing	· Set books	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 80-82 · Teachers Book page 66 · Gateway secondary revision book page 71
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully and answer the questions from the passage	· Reading comprehension · Discussing oral questions	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 81-83 · Teachers Book page 67-68 · Gateway secondary revision book page 225
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading · Gap filling	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 80-83 · Teachers Book page 68 · Gateway secondary revision book page 226
	6	GRAMMAR	Infinitive	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:	· Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 83-85 · Teachers Book page 68-69 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 195 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 81
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 3	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
10	1	WRITING	Reminders	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of the features of a reminder	· Discussing · Writing reminders	· Sample reminders	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 85-87 · Teachers Book page 69 · Gateway secondary revision book page 164 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 50 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 221
	2	WRITING (TEST)	Essay writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Plan organize and write an essay in one of the topics given	· Writing an essay	· Sample essays	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 88 · Teachers Book page 70 · Gateway secondary revision book page 167-169
	3	READING	Reading comprehension (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully Answer summary and note making questions	· Reading comprehension · Writing a summary	· Sample test papers	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 88-89 · Teachers Book page 70-71 · Gateway secondary revision book page 235
	4	READING	Reading comprehension (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully Answer comprehension questions correctly	· Reading passage · Writing answers	· Sample test papers	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 89-90 · Teachers Book page 71 · Gateway secondary revision book page 235
	5	READING	Reading comprehension (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully Answer comprehension questions correctly	· Reading passage · Writing answers	· Sample test papers	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 91-92 · Teachers Book page 71 · Gateway secondary revision book page 235
	6	GRAMMAR	Revision test	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Answer all the comprehension questions correctly	· Writing answers · Gap filling		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 92-93 · Teachers Book page 71-72 · Gateway secondary revision book page 94
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 4	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 3	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
11	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Giving instructions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen carefully to the instructions being asked and take notes	· Listening · Taking notes · Speaking	· Audio-tapes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 79 · Teachers Book page 65 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Close reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage closely · Answer the questions from the passage	· Reading · Writing answers	· Set texts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 94-97 · Teachers Book page 74-75 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully Answer questions from the passage	· Reading · Writing answers	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 97-99 · Teachers Book page 75-76 · Gateway secondary revision book page 235
	4	READING	Reading comprehension Vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary Demonstrate the ability to use it in their own sentences	· Reading · Discussing	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 97-99 · Teachers Book page 76-77 · Gateway secondary revision book page 235
	5	GRAMMAR	Phrasal verbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Use phrasal verbs correctly in sentences	· Gap filling	Chart	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 100-102 · Teachers Book page 77 · Gateway secondary revision book page 109-111 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 66 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 250-255 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 59 & 66
	6	WRITING	Personal journals	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of a journal and its features	· Reading · Discussing the layout of a personal journal	· Sample journal	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 102 · Teachers Book page 78 · Gateway secondary revision book page 163 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 60 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 305
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing themes · Note taking	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 3	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing plot and style	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
12	1	WRITING	Personal journals	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Plan organize and write an entry for a weekend	· Writing a journal · Discussing · Explaining	· Sample journals	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 102 · Teachers Book page 78 · Gateway secondary revision book page 163 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 60 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 305
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen keenly to the passage Answer key questions from the passage	· Listening to a passage · Writing answers	· Audio-tapes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 103 · Teachers Book page 78-79 · Gateway secondary revision book page 215
	3	SPEAKING	Narration	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Re-tale an oral narrative from their community	· Listening to stories · Speaking		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 103 · Teachers Book page 79 · Gateway secondary revision book page 21-22 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 156-157
	4	READING	Alliteration and assonance	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the poem aloud · Identify the use of alliteration and assonance · Define alliteration and assonance · Answer any question on alliteration and assonance	· Reading a poem · Writing notes	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 103-104 · Teachers Book page 79 · Gateway secondary revision book page 6-7 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 29-30 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 117 &124
	5	STUDY SKILLS	Note making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of the skill of note making	· Discussing the skill of note making · Reading a passage	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 105-106 · Teachers Book page 78-80 · Gateway secondary revision book page 41 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 148-150 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 31
	6	STUDY SKILLS	Note making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Make short notes as directed from the passage read in lesson (5)	· Writing short notes	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 105-106 · Teachers Book page 78-80 · Gateway secondary revision book page 41 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 148-150 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 31
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading the novel · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 5	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
13	1	REVISION		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Revise the terms work			· Advancing in English Book 3 · Gateway secondary revision
	2	REVISION		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Revise the terms work			· Advancing in English Book 3 · Gateway secondary revision
	END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

ENGLISH FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully · Answer the questions from the passage	· Reading comprehension · Writing answers	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 106-108 · Teachers Book page 80-81 · Gateway secondary revision book page 70
	2	READING	Word study	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study · Demonstrate ability to use them in their sentences	· Reading items under word study · Writing sentences	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 106-108 · Teachers Book page 80-81 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 223
	3	GRAMMAR	Phrasal verbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use the words phrasal verbs to fill in the blank spaces	· Gap filling ·	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 108-109 · Teachers Book page 81-82 · Gateway secondary revision book page 109-111 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 218-219 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 66-69
	4	WRITING	Thank –you note	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Study the thank you notes · Write a thank you note · Take note on the factors to consider when writing a thank you note	· Discussing · Writing thank you notes	· Sample notes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 109-111 · Teachers Book page 83 · Gateway secondary revision book page 174 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 69 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 121 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 69
	5	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 6	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · Dictionary	· The river between
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading given texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · Dictionary	· The river between
	7	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read through the questions · Listen to the passage being read · Answer questions	· Listening comprehension · Writing answers	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 112-113 · Teachers Book page 83-84
	8	SPEAKING	Assonance in poems	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a poem keenly · Identify the use of assonance	· Listening to a poem · Writing lines that have assonance	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 112-113 · Teachers Book page 83-84 · Gateway secondary revision book page 6 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 124 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 29
2	1	STUDY SKILLS	Critical reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the comprehension passage · Answer questions · Discuss stylistic devices in the story	· Listening comprehension · Discussing stylistic devices in the story	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 10 · Teachers Book page 29-31 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Study reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Practice study reading using the SQ3R technique	· reading using the SQ3R technique	· set books · charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 12-14 · Teachers Book page 32-33 · Gateway secondary revision book page 39 ·
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage and answer the questions	· Reading comprehension · Answering questions	· Extracts from magazines	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 14-17 · Teachers Book page 33-34 · Gateway secondary revision book page 61
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary · Demonstrate the ability to use it	· Reading new words · Discussing the meaning of the new words	· Tapes on AIDS · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 14-17 · Teachers Book page 33-34 · Gateway secondary revision book page 61
	6	GRAMMAR	Noun deviations	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Add suffixes ‘ee’ and ‘er’ to verbs or adjectives to form nouns	· Discussing · Deriving nouns by adding suffixes	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 17-19 · Teachers Book page 33-34 · Gateway secondary revision book page 119-120
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze plot, themes, style and characterization	· Reading comprehension · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze plot, themes, style and characterization	· Reading texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Dictionary	· The river between
3	1	WRITING	Cohesion in paragraphs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use sequence to achieve unity of a paragraph	· Reading paragraphs · Discussing	· Sample paragraphs	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 19-20 · Teachers Book page 35 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage keenly and answer questions	· Listening · Writing answers	· Pictures	·
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully and answer questions	· Reading comprehension · Writing answers	· Picture cutting	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 125-127 · Teachers Book page 89-90 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary · Demonstrate the ability to use it in sentences of their own	· Discussing · Writing	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 125-127 · Teachers Book page 89-90 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37
	5	GRAMMAR	Participles	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of participles · Fill in the gaps with the correct participles	· Filling in gaps	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 127-128 · Teachers Book page 90 · Gateway secondary revision book page 95-96
	6	WRITING	Condolence notes	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a condolence note using the accepted layout · Use the appropriate language	· Writing condolence notes · Discussing	· Sample notes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 128-130 · Teachers Book page 90 · Gateway secondary revision book page 175
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading set texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · Dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading set texts · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · Dictionary	· The river between
4	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage keenly and answer the questions · Hold a class discussion on the challenges of HIV and AIDS problem	· Listening · Discussing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 131 · Teachers Book page 91-92
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Distinguishing facts from opinion	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage · Distinguish facts from opinions	· Reading a passage · discussing	· magazines · newspaper	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 131-132 · Teachers Book page 92 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 83 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 192-194
	3	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully and answer the questions · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading · Discussing · Filling in gaps	· Pictures · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 133-135 · Teachers Book page 92-93
	4	READING	Quantifiers	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use the right quantifiers with the correct noun	· Filling in gaps	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 136-137 · Teachers Book page 93 · Gateway secondary revision book page 120 · Excelling in English book 3 students 7book page 86
	5	WRITING	Telegrams	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Draft a telegram bearing the rules of telegram writing in mind	· Writing telegrams · Discussing rules of writing telegrams	· Sample telegrams	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 137-138 · Teachers Book page 93 · Excelling in English book 3 studentsbook page 100 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 333
	6	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage and answer questions · Hold a class discussion	· Listening · Hold seating	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 139 · Teachers Book page 94-95 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 166
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and characterization	· Reading set texts · Discussing · Writing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between Chapter 1	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the novel · Analyze the plot, themes, style and characterization	· Reading set texts · Discussing · Writing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
5	1	STUDYING ORAL NARRATIVES	Studying oral narratives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Study the narrative and answer questions · Demonstrate understanding of the genres of oral literature	· Reading narratives · Discussing genre of oral literature	· Picture	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 139-141 · Teachers Book page 95-96 · Gateway secondary revision book page 11
	2	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage carefully and answer questions · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study	· Discussing · Discussing	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 141-143 · Teachers Book page 96-97 · Gateway secondary revision book page 64
	3	GRAMMAR	Position of adjectives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Use adjectives as modifiers of means	· Filling in gaps	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 143-146 · Teachers Book page 97-98 · Gateway secondary revision book page 122
	4	WRITING	Letters of application	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a letter of application using the correct format	· Writing letters of application · Discussing the correct format of an application letter	· Sample letters	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 146-150 · Teachers Book page 98 · Gateway secondary revision book page 182 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 108
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage and answer questions · Write directions and present them	· Writing · Speaking	· Sample directions	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 151 · Teachers Book page 99-100 · Gateway secondary revision book page 177
	6	STUDY SKILLS	Studying themes and setting in short stories	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of setting and themes in a short story · Identify setting and themes of a short story	· Reading short stories · Writing and identifying themes in a short story	· A half a day and other stories	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 152-153 · Teachers Book page 100-101 · Gateway secondary revision book page 46 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 180
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text · discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing the theme, plot and style	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text · discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading the river between	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
6	1	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully and answer questions	· Reading · Writing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 153-155 · Teachers Book page 101-102 · Gateway secondary revision book page 212
	2	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading · Discussing · Filling in gaps	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 153-155 · Teachers Book page 101-102 · Gateway secondary revision book page 212
	3	GRAMMAR	Formation of adverbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: To form adverbs from adjectives	· Filling in gaps	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 156-158 · Teachers Book page 102 · Gateway secondary revision book page 124
	4	WRITING	Writing synopsis	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Write a synopsis of a short story, play or Novel Observe the features of a synopsis in their writing	· Writing a synopsis · Discussing the features of a synopsis	· Sample synopsis	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 158 · Teachers Book page 102 · Gateway secondary revision book page 169 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 128 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 87
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen to a poem keenly and answer questions Hold a class discussion on racialism	· Listening · Discussing the effects of racialism	· Picture cutting	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 159 · Teachers Book page 103-104 · Gateway secondary revision book page 49 · Gateway secondary revision book page 49 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 205 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 52
	6	STUDY SKILLS	Studying poem	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Follow the recommended steps in studying the poem ‘tarantella’ Answer questions from the poem	· Reading a poem · Reciting a poem · Writing answers	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 159-162 · Teachers Book page 104-105 · Gateway secondary revision book page 49 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 205 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 52
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text · discussing the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing the stylistic devices used	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text · discussing the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading texts · Discussing the plot, character traits in the novel	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
7	1	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully and answer questions Expand and Consolidate their range of vocabulary Demonstrate ability to use it	· Reading · Writing sentences	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 162-164 · Teachers Book page 105-106 · Gateway secondary revision book page 205
	2	GRAMMAR	Functions of adverbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Use adverbs as modifiers	· Filling in gaps	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 164-166 · Teachers Book page 106-107 · Gateway secondary revision book page 124 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page117
	3	WRITING	Report writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the short report carefully paying attention to layout Write a report	· Filling in gaps	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page · Teachers Book page · Gateway secondary revision book page · New integrated English book 3 students book page 129 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 118
	4	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen to the passage keenly and answer questions Identify the function of work songs	· Listening · Speaking	· Picture	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 170 · Teachers Book page 108-109 · Gateway secondary revision book page 29
	5	STUDY SKILLS	Studying a play	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the play extract and answer questions Identify the aspects to look for in a play	· Reading a play · Discussing the aspects of a play	· Play extracts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 170-173 · Teachers Book page 109 · Gateway secondary revision book page 237
	6	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Reading the passage carefully and answer questions Extend and consolidating their range of vocabulary	· Reading · Discussing · Writing	· Picture	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 173-176 · Teachers Book page 110 · Gateway secondary revision book page 68
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing the plot, themes and style	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the text · Analyze the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing style and character traits	· Audio tapes · Video tapes · dictionary	· The river between
8	1	GRAMMAR	Prepositions, connectors and adverbs	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Distinguish prepositions from connectors and adverbs Use the eight prepositions to fill in the blanks	· Filling in gaps	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 176-177 · Teachers Book page 110-111 · Gateway secondary revision book page 127-128 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 126 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 300
	2	WRITING	Argumentative essays	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Plan organize and write Argumentative essays	· Reading sample essays · Writing essays	· Sample essays	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 177-178 · Teachers Book page 111 · Gateway secondary revision book page 167 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 163 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 147
	3	LISTENING	Listening comprehension (revision test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the comprehension passage keenly and answers	· Listening · Writing answers	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 180 · Teachers Book page 112-113
	4	WRITING	Essay writing (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Choose one topic from the alternatives Plan organize and write an essay	· Writing essay		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 180 · Teachers Book page 113 · Gateway secondary revision book page 169
	5	READING	Reading comprehension (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully and answer questions	· Reading · Writing answers		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 173 · Teachers Book page 109 · Gateway secondary revision book page 237
	6	READING	Reading comprehension (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully and answer questions	· Reading comprehension · Writing answers		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 180-181 · Teachers Book page 113-114 · Gateway secondary revision book page 237
	7	GRAMMER	Revision test	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Answer the grammar questions correctly	· Writing answers		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 183-184 · Teachers Book page 114 · Gateway secondary revision book page 239
	8	LISTENING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage keenly and answer questions · Design a poster which is aimed at fighting corruption	· Listening · Designing a poster	·	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 185 · Teachers Book page 115-116 · Gateway secondary revision book page 29
9	1	WRITING	Essay writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Choose one topic from the alternatives Write an essay on the chosen topics	· Writing essays		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 185-186 · Teachers Book page 116 · Gateway secondary revision book page 168
	2	READING	Reading comprehension (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully Answer questions	· Reading · Writing answers		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 186-187 · Teachers Book page 116 · Gateway secondary revision book page 203
	3	READING	Reading comprehension (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully Answer the questions	· Reading a passage · writing answers		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 187-189 · Teachers Book page 116 · Gateway secondary revision book page 215
	4	GRAMMAR	Revision test	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Answer the grammar questions correctly	· Writing answers		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 189 · Teachers Book page 117
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen to the passage and answer the questions Discuss the effects of first and third person narrator	· Listening to a narrative · Discussing the effects of 1^st and 3^rd person narrator	· Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 190 · Teachers Book page 118-119 · Gateway secondary revision book page 21
	6	STUDY SKILLS	Tone and attitude	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the story carefully Identify tone of the story Answer the rest of the question	· Group work · Identifying the tone and attitude in a story	· Set texts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 191-192 · Teachers Book page 119 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 40 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 73
	7	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully Answer the questions	· Reading a passage · writing answers	pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 193-195 · Teachers Book page 120-121 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55
	8	READING	Reading vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through the word study	· Reading · writing	pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 193-195 · Teachers Book page 120-121 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55
10	1	GRAMMAR	Collective conjunctions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Re write sentences using the recommended correlative conjunction	· Writing sentences · Discussing	Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 195-199 · Teachers Book page 122 · Gateway secondary revision book page 128 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 136
	2	WRITING	Special or general reports	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen to the passage and then answer questions	· Listening · Hot seating · Group work	· Sample reports	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 199-202 · Teachers Book page 124 · Gateway secondary revision book page 171 · Excelling in English in English book 3 students book page 118 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 129
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen to the passage and then answer questions	· Listening · Hot seating · Group work	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 203 · Teachers Book page 125-126 · Gateway secondary revision book page 39 · Excelling in English in English book 3 students book page 184 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 166
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Critical reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate ability to read the passage critically Answer questions from the passage	· Reading critically · Writing answers	· Extracts from set texts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 204-205 · Teachers Book page 126-127 · Gateway secondary revision book page 39 · Excelling in English in English book 3 students book page 63 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 258
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully Answer comprehension questions correctly	· Reading · Writing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 205-207 · Teachers Book page 127-128 · Gateway secondary revision book page 39
	6	READING	Reading comprehension Vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study	· Filling in gaps	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 204-207 · Teachers Book page 128-129 · Gateway secondary revision book page 39
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the river between The enemy of the people (introduction)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Equipped with background information on the author and the setting	· Discussing the background information on the author and the setting · Writing notes	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the river between The enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify the main characters and their conflict in the play	· Discussing and identifying the main characters in the play	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
11	1	WRITING	Plays	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of the steps followed while writing a play Re write the story on pages 204-05 as a play	· Reading a play · Discussing · Writing a story	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 211 · Teachers Book page 129 · Gateway secondary revision book page 44-46
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the comprehension passage and then answer questions · Make a speech about reconciliation	· Listening · Writing · Speaking	· Audio tapes · Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 212 · Teachers Book page 130-313 · Gateway secondary revision book page 188
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Irony in short stories	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read a short story and analyze the instances of irony and its effectiveness	· Reading · Discussing Irony in short stories	· Sample short stories	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 212-213 · Teachers Book page 131 · Gateway secondary revision book page 46-48 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 180-182 · Excelling in English in English book 3 students book page 122-124
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the comprehension passage and answer the questions Extend their range of vocabulary through the word study	· Reading · Writing	· Pictures · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 214-215 · Teachers Book page 131-132 · Gateway secondary revision book page 193
	5	GRAMMAR	Prepositional phrases	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify prepositional phrases and their functions Use the correct prepositional phrase to complete sentences	· Discussing · Filling gaps	Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 216-218 · Teachers Book page 132-133 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 145-147 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 217-220 · Head start secondary English book 3 students book page 59 & 66
	6	WRITING	Short stories	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Plan, organize and write an outline of a short story	· Reading short stories · Writing short stories	· Sample short stories	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 280-219 · Teachers Book page 133 · Gateway secondary revision book page 46 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 122-123
	7	READING	Intensive reading of An enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading the play · Discussing themes, style and character traits	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of An enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading the play · Discussing · Dramatizing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
12	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Listen to the comprehension passage and then answer questions Hold a class discussion	· Listening · Discussing the oral questions	· Pictures · Constitution of Kenya	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 220 · Teachers Book page 134-135 · Gateway secondary revision book page · New integrated English book 3 students book page 215
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Studying a novel	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate understanding of aspect to be studied in a novel Write about characters in the river between	Discussing a novel Reading Writing notes on characters	· Extracts from a novel	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 220-222 · Teachers Book page 134-135 · Gateway secondary revision book page 43 · The river between
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Read the passage carefully Answer the questions from the passage	· Reading · Writing answers	Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 222-225 · Teachers Book page 136-137 · Gateway secondary revision book page 58
	4	READING	Word study	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary · Demonstrate ability to use their new words	· Reading · Writing · Speaking	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 222-225 · Teachers Book page 136-137
	5	GRAMMAR	Adjectival phrases	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Identify Adjectival phrases in sentences Replace adjectives with Adjectival phrases	· Writing · Identifying adjectives and Adjectival phrases	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 225-226 · Teachers Book page 137 · Gateway secondary revision book page 132 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 314 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 152-153
	6	WRITING	Notification of meetings	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Study the layout of Notification of meetings Discuss the sample given	· Discuss the layout of Notification of meetings	· Sample notifications	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 226-229 · Teachers Book page 137-138 · Gateway secondary revision book page 184-185 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 265 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 154
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play aloud · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading the play · Discussing the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play aloud · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
13	1	REVISION		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Revise the terms work			· Advancing in English Book 3 · Gateway secondary revision · The prescribed set books
	2	REVISION		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Revise the terms work			· Advancing in English Book 3 · Gateway secondary revision · The prescribed set books
	3-4	END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

ENGLISH FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	WRITING	Notification meetings	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a notification for a meeting note	· Writing	· Sample notifications	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 229 · Teachers Book page 138 · Gateway secondary revision book page 184 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 152 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 265
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the story keenly · Answer questions from the story	· Listening · Speaking	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 230 · Teachers Book page 139-141 · Gateway secondary revision book page 18
	3	SPEAKING	Dilemma narratives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Narrate a dilemma narrative rom their communities · Identify and explain the dilemma in the story	· Speaking · Discussing the features of dilemma stories ·	· Sampled stories	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 230 · Teachers Book page 139-141 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13-14 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 295-298 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 51
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully · Answer the questions from the passage	· Reading · Writing answers	· Computer pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 232-233 · Teachers Book page 142-143 · Gateway secondary revision book page 226-227
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study · Demonstrate ability to use the words in their sentences	· Reading · Discussion	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 232-234 · Teachers Book page 143
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading · Discussing themes, style and character traits	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading · Discussing themes, style and character traits	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
2	1	STUDY SKILLS	Library book report	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Select a novel, short story or play · Read the text	· Reading library books	· library books	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 230-232 · Teachers Book page 141-142 · Gateway secondary revision book page 172
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Library book report	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write a report on a library book they have read	· Writing a Library book report	· Prescribed book	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 230-232 · Teachers Book page 142 · Gateway secondary revision book page 172
	3	GRAMMAR	Conditional clauses	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of Conditional clauses · Give examples of conditions	· Discussing · Speaking	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 234 · Teachers Book page 143 · Gateway secondary revision book page 140 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 140 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 161 · Head start English secondary book page 162
	5	GRAMMAR	Unlikely and impossible conditions	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Complete the sentences using Unlikely and impossible conditions	· Discussing · Speaking	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 235 · Teachers Book page 144 · Gateway secondary revision book page 140
	6	WRITING	Minute writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of the layout of minutes and correct register	· Discussing the correct layout of minutes	· Sample minutes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 238-245 · Teachers Book page 144 · Gateway secondary revision book page 185 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 265 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 180 · Head start English secondary book page 197
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the plot · Discuss the themes, style and character traits	· Reading the given text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the themes, style and character traits	· Reading the text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
3	1	GRAMMAR	Conditionals	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Re write conditional sentences according to the instructions given	· Writing conditional sentences	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 235 · Teachers Book page 144 · Gateway secondary revision book page 140 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 161-163 · Head start English secondary book page 162-163 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 140
	2	WRITING	Minutes	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write minutes of a club meeting using the recommended format ·	· Writing minutes	· Sample minutes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 238-245 · Teachers Book page 144 · Gateway secondary revision book page 185-186 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 186 · Head start English secondary book page 197 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 265
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage keenly · Answer the questions from the passage	· Listening comprehension · Spelling	· Newspapers · Magazines	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246 · Teachers Book page 146-148 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 258
	4	SPEAKING	Arguments	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Hold a group discussion on topics related to HIV and AIDS	· Discussing the causes and effects of HIV and AIDS	· pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246 · Teachers Book page 149 · Gateway secondary revision book page 225 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 186 · Head start English secondary book page 115-116 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 163-165
	5	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot · Discuss the themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot · Discuss the themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot · Discuss the themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	STUDY SKILLS	Studying a play	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play and then answer the questions	· Reading aloud	· Sample of a play	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246-248 · Teachers Book page 148 · Gateway secondary revision book page 44-46 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 203-204 · Head start English secondary book page 125-126 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 108
4	1	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the comprehension passage and answer questions	· Reading · Writing answers	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 249-251 · Teachers Book page 215 · Gateway secondary revision book page 44-46 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 159-161 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 298
	2	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading · Discussing	· Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 249-251 · Teachers Book page 152
	3	GRAMMAR	Adjectival clauses	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Adjectival clauses and then to complete sentences	· Discussing · Writing	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 254-256 · Teachers Book page 153 · Gateway secondary revision book page 141 · Head start English secondary book page 170 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 171
	4	GRAMMAR	Defining and non-defining clauses	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Defining and non-defining clauses · Use participles as adjectival clauses · Answer any questions when given to attempt	· Writing · Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 254-256 · Teachers Book page 153 · Gateway secondary revision book
	5	WRITING	Minute writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write accurate minutes using the proper layout	· Discussing · Writing minutes	· Sample minutes	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 256 · Teachers Book page 154 · Gateway secondary revision book page 186 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 276 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 180 · Head start English secondary book page 197
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
5	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the poem being read and answer questions	· Listening · writing	· extracts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 257 · Teachers Book page 155-156 · Gateway secondary revision book page 7
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Note-making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage · Make notes	· Reading · Note-making	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 257-258 · Teachers Book page 156-157 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42-43 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 157 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 148-149
	3	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the comprehension passage and answer questions on it · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading · Writing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 259-260 · Teachers Book page 156-157 · Gateway secondary revision book page 18-19
	4	WRITING	Class report	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Organize an anti-graffiti campaign · Report back to the class about their campaign	· Discussing · Writing	· Pictures · Graffiti	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 260 · Teachers Book page 157 · Gateway secondary revision book page 169-170 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 129 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page118 · Head start English secondary book page 106
	5	GRAMMAR	Noun – clauses	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify noun clauses and use them to complete sentences · Identify different types of noun clauses · Attempt any question on the topics ‘noun clauses’	· Discussing · Gap filling	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 261-262 · Teachers Book page 157-158 · Gateway secondary revision book 157-158 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page179 · Head start English secondary book page 180 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 54-57
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
6	1	WRITING	Memo	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of the layout of a memo · Write a memo using the recommended layout	· Discussing · Writing a memo	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 262-264 · Teachers Book page 158 · Gateway secondary revision book page 186-187 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 105 · Head start English secondary book page 210
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage keenly then answer questions · Hold a class discussion on a conversation	· Group work · Listening · Discussing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 265 · Teachers Book page 159-160
	3	SPEAKING	Role playing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Take roles and act out the conversation discussed above	· Role playing	· pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 266 · Teachers Book page · New integrated English book 3 students book page 227 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 148
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the comprehension passage carefully and answer questions	· Reading · Writing answers	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 266-267 · Teachers Book page 160-161
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the comprehension passage carefully and answer questions from it	· Reading · Discussing	· Discussing	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 267-268 · Teachers Book page 161 · Head start English secondary book page 187
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
7	1	GRAMMAR	Compound complex sentences	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify Compound complex sentences · Construct Compound complex sentences	· Discussing · Constructing sentences	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 268-269 · Teachers Book page 161-162 · Gateway secondary revision book 136-137 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page191 · Head start English secondary book page 188 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 128
	2	WRITING	View points	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of the point of view/narrative voice · Write a short story using the three viewpoints where appropriate	· Discussing · Identify points of view In a narrative	· Short story	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 270-271 · Teachers Book page 162-163 · Gateway secondary revision book page 48
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage keenly then answer questions ·	· Listening comprehension	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 272 · Teachers Book page 164-165
	4	SPEAKING	Features of dilemma and aetiological tales	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Hold a class discussion on the dilemma and aetiological tales	· Discussing · Writing features of dilemma and aetiological tales	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 272 · Teachers Book page 166 · Gateway secondary revision book page 13-14 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 16 & 298 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 51 & 71
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully and answer questions from the passage	· Reading · Discussing	· Pre-reading extracts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 273-274 · Teachers Book page 166-167
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing themes, plot · Dramatizing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing themes, plot · Dramatizing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing themes, plot · Dramatizing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
8	1	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study · Hold a class discussion on waste disposal	· Reading · Discussing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 274-275 · Teachers Book page 167 Gateway secondary revision book page 226
	2	GRAMMAR	Direct speech	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Punctuate direct speech correctly · Change from indirect to direct speech	· Discussing · Writing	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 275-276 · Teachers Book page 167 · Gateway secondary revision book 146 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page199 · Head start English secondary book page 196 · New integrated English book 3 students book page
	3	GRAMMAR	In direct speech	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Change sentences from indirect to direct speech · Observe the rules of changing from direct to indirect speech	· Discussing · Writing sentences	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 277-279 · Teachers Book page 167-168 · Gateway secondary revision book 146 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page199 · Head start English secondary book page 206 · New integrated English book 3 students book page
	4	WRITING	Imaginative writing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Plan organize and write an imaginative essay	· Discussing · Writing imaginative essay	· Sample essays	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 279 · Teachers Book page 168 · Gateway secondary revision book page 177 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 88 · Head start English secondary book page 129
	5	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage keenly then answer questions · Re-telling a similar story using story telling techniques	· Listening · Speaking	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 280 · Teachers Book page 169-170 · Gateway secondary revision book page 21 ·
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the play · Discuss the plot, themes, style and character traits	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
9	1	WRITING	Essay writing (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Either write an imaginative essay, a play or an internal memo	· Writing essays		· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 281 · Teachers Book page 171 · Gateway secondary revision book page 186 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 193 · Head start English secondary book page 210
	2	WRITING	Summary Note-making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully · Write a summary · Make notes	· Reading passage · Discussing · Writing summary	· Sample notes · Sample summary	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 281-282 · Teachers Book page 172 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42-43 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 271 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 157
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the letter carefully and answer questions correctly	· Reading · Writing answers	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 283 · Teachers Book page 172-173 · Gateway secondary revision book page 235-236
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully and answer questions correctly	· Reading · Writing answers	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 283-284 · Teachers Book page 173 · Gateway secondary revision book page 235-236
	5	GRAMMAR	Revision exercise	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Re-write the sentences according to the instructions given	· Gap filling · Re-writing sentences	· Charts	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 284-285 · Teachers Book page 173-174
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people (revision)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Revise the themes of · Disguise · Fortune · friendship	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people (revision)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Revise the themes of · Prejudice · Mercy · Revenge	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people (revision)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Revise the themes of · Judgment · capitalism	· Reading text · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
10	1	STUDY SKILLS	Plays	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss the conduct and language of liankule in the play	· Hot seating	· Excerpt from the ‘lion and the jewel’	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246-249 · Teachers Book page 148-149 · Gateway secondary revision book page 186
	2	SPEAKING	Role playing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Take roles in the play Dramatize the play effectively bringing out feelings and attributes of the characters	Dramatizing	· Pictures	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book Page 246-249 · Teachers Book page 149 · Gateway secondary revision book page 42-43 · New integrated English book 3 students book page 227 · Excelling in English book 3 students book page 48
	3	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people (revision)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Revise the character and role of; · Peter stockman · Dr. stockman	· Reading · Discussing the characters of Peter stockman & Dr. stockman	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	4	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people (revision)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Revise the character and role of; · Katherine stockman	· Reading · Discussing the role of Katherine stockman	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	5	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people (revision)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Revise the character and role of; ·	· Reading the play · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	6	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people (revision)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Revise the character and role of; ·	· Reading the play · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	7	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people (revision)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss the use of language and style	· Reading the play · Discussing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
	8	READING	Intensive reading of the enemy of the people (revision)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Revise the language and stylistic devises in the play	· Reading the play · Discussing · Dramatizing	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· An enemy of the people
11 & 12		REVISION		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Revise the work covered on their own	·	·	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book · Gateway secondary revision book · The prescribed set-books
13		REVISION		By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Revise the work covered on their own	·	·	· Advancing in English Book 3 students book · Gateway secondary revision book · The prescribed set-books
	END OF YEAR EXAMINATIONS

ENGLISH FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK	LESSON	TOPIC	SUB – TOPIC	OBJECTIVES	LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES	LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES	REFERENCES	REMARKS
1	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening and singing	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen carefully to a given song · Identify how repetition has been used to bring out rhythm	· Listening to songs · Identifying repetition in songs · Asking and answering questions · Singing a song	· Text books · Audio tapes · Pictures · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 1 · Teachers Book page 21-22 · Gateway secondary revision book page 5-6
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Stress (nouns and verbs)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Distinguish nouns and verbs on the basis of stress · Demonstrate the ability to use stress to read pronunciation	· Listening to pronunciation of words using stress · Reading with intonation · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 2 · Teachers Book page 22 · Gateway secondary revision book page 8-10
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Note making	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a comprehension passage · Identify major and minor points · Write a summary of the major points	· Reading a passage · Making notes · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 3-4 · Teachers Book page 22-23 · Gateway secondary revision book page 40-42
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage · Demonstrate the ability to comprehend a passage · Answer questions based on the passage	· Reading a comprehension · Answering questions based on the passage Writing a composition	· Dictionary · Text book · GSR page 37-38	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 4-5 · Teachers Book page 23 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37-38
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary through word study · Infer meanings of words · Explain the meanings of certain words	· Explain the meanings of words · Filling gaps of statements · Answering and asking questions	· Dictionary · Flash cards · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 4-6 · Teachers Book page 23-24 · Gateway secondary revision book page 111
	6	GRAMMAR	Nouns/ noun phrases as subjects	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify nouns/noun phrases as subjects in their sentences · Construct sentences using nouns/noun phrases	· Writing noun phrases · Constructing sentences · Identify noun phrases · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Substitution tables · Flash cards · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 78 · Teachers Book page 24 · Gateway secondary revision book page 24
	7	READING	Intensive reading Optimal set texts	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss plot · Themes · Style · Characterization	· Discussion · Note taking	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· The optimal set texts
	8	READING	Intensive reading Optimal set texts	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss plot · Themes · Style · Character & Characterization	· Discussion · Note taking	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· The optimal set texts
2	1	WRITING	Sentence building skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use transitional words and phrases to achieve unity in a paragraph	· Gap filling · Writing paragraphs · Discussion on the importance of writing a good paragraph · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 9 · Teachers Book page 25 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158-159
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage on proverbs · Answer questions from the comprehension · Give examples of cautioning proverbs from their communities · Use proverbs in class discussion	· Listening to the comprehension passage · Giving proverbs from their communities · Discussion · ‘Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Oral literature texts · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page10 · Teachers Book page 26-27 · Gateway secondary revision book page 24-25
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Studying oral narratives ‘ntemelua’	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Classify oral narratives appropriately · Read the narrative and answer the questions based on it	· Reading narratives · Answering questions · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Resource persons · Oral literature	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 310-13 · Teachers Book page 28 · Gateway secondary revision book page 12-13
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Answer questions based on the passage	· Reading a comprehension passage · Answering questions · Discussion · Writing	· Supplementary readers · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 13-15 · Teachers Book page 28-29 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary · Infer meanings of words · Demonstrate appropriate use of the dictionary	· Making notes · Explaining the meaning of vocabulary · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 15 · Teachers Book page 29 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37
	6	GRAMMAR	Nouns/ noun phrases as subjects	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify nouns/noun phrases · Identify their functioning as objects · Use nouns and noun phrases as direct and indirect objects	· Discussion on how nouns can function as objects · Constructing sentences · Writing · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Flash cards · GSR page 130	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 16-18 · Teachers Book page 30 · Gateway secondary revision book page 130-131
	7	READING	Intensive reading Optimal set texts	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss plot · Themes · Style · Characterization	· Discussion · Note taking	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· The optimal set texts
	8	READING	Intensive reading Optimal set texts	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:	· Discussion · Note taking	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories
3	1	GRAMMAR	Word study	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new words · Build up vocabulary through word study · Use the vocabulary to fill in the cross-word puzzle	· Gap filling · Discussion · Answering and asking questions	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 15-16 · Teachers Book page 29 · Gateway secondary revision book page 111
	2	WRITING	Punctuations bibliographies and titles of books	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of the features of the bibliographies · Punctuate bibliographies and titles appropriately	· Writing bibliographies · Functions of titles and bibliographies · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Wall Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 28-29 · Teachers Book page 36 · Gateway secondary revision book page 179
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension Interrupting and disagreeing politely	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a song ‘mother give me peas’ · Identify features of the song · Answer questions from the song · Interrupt and disagree politely	· Listening to a song · Discussion of features of the song · Writing · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Audio tapes · Wall Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page31-32 · Teachers Book page 37-38
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Studying tongue twisters	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Give an example of a tongue twister from a community · Discuss the social functions of tongue twisters	· Speaking and listening to tongue twisters · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Extracts from oral literature books · Resource persons	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 21-22 · Teachers Book page 32-33 · Gateway secondary revision book page 4
	5	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘village pastor’ · Answer questions from the passage · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading a story · Answering questions from the passage	· Text books · Dictionary · Supplementary readers	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 21-22 · Teachers Book page 32-33 · Gateway secondary revision book page 4
	6	GRAMMAR	Word study	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Infer the meanings of words · Build up vocabulary through word study · Use the learnt vocabulary through word study	· Constructing sentences · Discussion · Writing · Answering and asking questions	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 25 · Teachers Book page 35
	7	READING	Intensive reading A half a day	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss plot · Themes · Style · Characterization	· Discussion · Note taking	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories · Optional set texts
	8	READING	Intensive reading A half a day	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Discuss plot · Themes · Style · Characterization	· Discussion · Note taking	· Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories · Optional set texts
4	1	GRAMMAR	Nouns as subject compliments	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify nouns/ noun phrases · Identify their functioning as subject compliments · Use nouns/noun phrases as subject compliments	· Constructing sentences · Discussion · Writing · Answering and asking questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Dictionary · Extracts from set books	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 26-27 · Teachers Book page 35 · Gateway secondary revision book page 81
	2	WRITING	Sentence building (paragraphing)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Paraphrase sentences and ideas in given paragraphs	· Paraphrasing sentences · Writing paragraphs · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Extracts of paragraphs · Wall Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 19-20 · Teachers Book page 30 · Gateway secondary revision book page 160
	3	LISTENING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Demonstrate the ability to take notes · Make a speech on how to eradicate poverty in Kenya	· Writing a speech · Listening to a passage · Discussion · ‘Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 21 · Teachers Book page 31-32 · Gateway secondary revision book page 188
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Studying oral narratives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the narrative ‘the girl who lost her father’s calabash · Discuss the themes, character and message in the study	· Reading · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Resource persons	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 33-35 · Teachers Book page 38
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘theme based care’ · Answer questions based on the passage	· Reading · Asking and answering questions · Discussion	· Supplementary readers · Text books · Magazines	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 35-37 · Teachers Book page 39
	6	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Infer meaning of words · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary · Filling in gaps with the new words	· Gap filling · Writing · Discussion · Answering questions from the passage	· Text books · Dictionary · Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 35-37 · Teachers Book page 39
	7	READING	Intensive reading A half a day	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Analyze the themes and plots in ‘money man’	· Reading text · Discussing and analyzing themes and plots in given texts	· Described set books · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories
	8	READING	Intensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Analyze; · Style · Characterization in the given texts (set books)	· Reading texts · Discussing and analyzing characterization and style	· Prescribed set books · Audio tapes · Video tapes
5	1	GRAMMAR	Nouns as object compliments	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify nouns functioning as object compliments · Use nouns/noun phrases as object compliments	· Identifying nouns/noun phrases · Gap filling · Discussion · Answering and asking questions	· Text books · Wall charts · Dictionary · Extracts from set books	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 37-38 · Teachers Book page 40 · Gateway secondary revision book page 81
	2	WRITING	Punctuating titles of articles	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of features of titles · Punctuating titles correctly	· Punctuating titles · Discussion · Writing · Answering and asking questions	· Text books · Extracts of sets · Set books	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 39-40 · Teachers Book page 41 · Gateway secondary revision book page 154
	3	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension Oral reports	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to a passage · Answer questions based on the comprehension · Discuss and compile ideas for an oral report on the dangers of drugs and substance abuse	· Listening to oral reports · Writing oral reports · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 40-41 · Teachers Book page 42-43
	4	STUDY SKILLS	Studying riddles	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Study the riddles given carefully · Identify the features of riddles · Identify the of riddles	· Posing riddles · Discussing functions of riddles · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Taped riddles	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 41-42 · Teachers Book page 45 · Gateway secondary revision book page 23-24
	5	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully · Answer questions based on the passage · Use new words in sentences of their own	· Reading a passage · Constructing sentences · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Dictionary · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 43-45 · Teachers Book page 46-47 · Gateway secondary revision book page 57-71
	6	GRAMMAR	Interrogative pronouns (who, whom and whose)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use the Interrogatives to ask questions · Fill in gaps with the Interrogative	· Gap filling · Discussion · asking questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Extracts from various texts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 45-48 · Teachers Book page 47-48 · Gateway secondary revision book page 90
	7	READING	Intensive reading A half a day	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Analyze the themes and plots in ‘martyr’	· Reading text · Discussing and analyzing themes and plots in given text books	· prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories
	8	READING	Intensive reading A half a day	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Discuss Style Characterization in the given set texts	· Reading text Discussing Style & · Characterization	· prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories
6	1	WRITING	Punctuating quotations	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Punctuate quotations from books, journals and newspapers · Integrate quotations in a short paragraph	· Writing journals · Discussion on how to use quotations · Answering and asking questions	· Text books · Extracts from various texts ·	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 48-52 · Teachers Book page 48-49 · Gateway secondary revision book page 155-157
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the proverbs of men and women · Identify features of the proverbs · Answer questions based on the proverbs · Give oral presentation/report on men and women	· Listening to comprehension · Presenting of proverbs · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Resource persons · Flash cards · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 53 · Teachers Book page 50-52 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55-71
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Themes in oral narratives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read common themes in oral narratives · Discuss common themes in oral narratives	· Reading narratives · Discussing themes common in oral narratives · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Resource person · Wall charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 53-54 · Gateway secondary revision book page 11-35
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage on marine animals · Answer questions based on the passage · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading the comprehension passage · Writing answers · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Supplementary readers · Text books · Magazines	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 55-58 · Teachers Book page 54-55 · Gateway secondary revision book page 90
	5	GRAMMAR	Interrogative pronouns (which and what)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use the Interrogative pronouns to ask questions · Fill in gaps with correct Interrogative pronouns	· Gap filling · Constructing sentences · asking and answering questions	· Text books · Extracts from prescribed texts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 58-60 · Teachers Book page 55-56 · Gateway secondary revision book page 90
	6	WRITING	Punctuating headings	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use correct Punctuation to present titles and main headings · Write a composition on careers under given headings	· Writing a composition · Punctuating headings · Discussion · Answering and asking questions	· Text books · articles · magazines	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 60-62 · Teachers Book page 56 · Gateway secondary revision book page 158
	7	READING	Intensive reading A half a day	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Analyze the plot themes in ‘A meeting in the dark”	· Reading text · Discussing plot and themes in the prescribed set texts · Note taking · Answering and asking questions	· prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories
	8	READING	Intensive reading A half a day	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Discuss Characterization in the prescribed set texts	· Reading given texts · Discussing Characterization in the set texts · Answering and asking questions	· texts (set texts ) · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories
7	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen to the passage on ways of eradicating poverty · Take notes on what can be done to eradicate poverty · Give an oral report on what has been done	· Listening to comprehension · Taking notes · Reading aloud · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Audio tapes · charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 63 · Teachers Book page 57-58 · Gateway secondary revision book page 60
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Critical reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage critically · Answer questions based on the passage	· Reading a passage · Answering questions · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Text books · Supplementary readers	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 63-64 · Teachers Book page 59-60 · Gateway secondary revision book page 39
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage ‘mercy’s defective heart’ · Answer questions based on the passage · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading the comprehension · Answering questions · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Dictionaries · Wall charts · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 64-67 · Teachers Book page 59-60 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55-77
	4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the comprehension passage · Answer questions based on the comprehension	· Reading the comprehension · Answering questions based on the comprehension · Discussion · Asking and answering questions	· Pre-reading texts · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 64-68 · Teachers Book page 60 · Gateway secondary revision book page 91-92
	5	GRAMMAR	Relative pronouns (whom and who)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use the Relative pronouns whom and who correctly on sentences · Fill in gaps with correct relative pronouns	· Gap filling · Writing · Discussion · asking and answering questions	· Text books · Charts · Flash cards · Extracts from set texts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 68-70 · Teachers Book page 60-61 · Gateway secondary revision book page
	6	WRITING	Recipes	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate understanding of a recipe and its layout · Plan, organize and write a recipe of a favorite dish	· Discussing the procedure of writing a recipe · Writing recipes · Discussions · Asking and answering questions	· Audio tapes · Text books · Sample recipe extracts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 70-72 · Teachers Book page 61 · Gateway secondary revision book page 165
	7	READING	Intensive reading A half a day	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Discussing the stylistic devises in ‘A meeting in the dark’	· Reading texts · Discussion of stylistic devices · Answering and asking questions	· Prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories
	8	READING	Intensive reading A half a day	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Discussing plot of ‘letter to my sisters’	· Reading texts · Discussion of plots in the set texts	· Prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· A half a day and other stories
8	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen keenly to an initiation song · Answer questions based on the poem · Identify features of the initiation songs · Discuss how initiation is done in various communities	· Listening to a song · Discussion on initiation · Responding to questions asked · Note taking	· Text books · Audio tapes · charts · resource person · extracts of songs	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 73 · Teachers Book page 62
	2	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Negotiating skills	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Master the tips of good negotiation · Use negotiation skills in class discussion	· Discussing negotiating skills · Writing · Responding to questions asked	· Text books · Magazines · Articles · charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 73-75 · Teachers Book page 63-64
	3	STUDY SKILLS	Character and characteristics in oral narratives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the story · Discuss the character traits of characters	· Discussing character traits · Reading a narrative · Note taking · Responding to questions asked	· Text books · Oral literature books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 75-77 · Teachers Book page 64 · Gateway secondary revision book page 11-14
	4 & 5	READING	Reading comprehension (poem)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Reading a poem carefully · Answer questions based on the poem · Extend and consolidate their range of vocabulary	· Reading the poem · Answering questions · Discussion · Writing	· Text books · Dictionary · Supplementary readers	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 64-65 · Teachers Book page · Gateway secondary revision book page 91-92
	6	GRAMMAR	Relative pronouns (which and that)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the ability to use the relative pronouns ‘which and that’ to join sentences	· Discussion · Joining sentences using relative pronouns · Writing · asking and answering questions	· Text books · Flash cards · Extracts from set texts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 77-79 · Teachers Book page 64-65 · Excelling in English book 4 page 57-59 · New integrated English book 4 page 22-26 · Gateway secondary revision book page 91-92
	7	READING	Intensive reading Optional set texts	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Discussing the themes Style Plot in the Optional set texts	· Discussion · Note taking	· Prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· Optional set texts
	8	READING	Intensive reading Optional set texts	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Discuss characterization in the optional set texts	· Discussion · Note taking	· Prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· Optional set texts
9	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension Turn talking	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen keenly to the conversation · Answer questions from the passage · Hold a class discussion · Demonstrate the ability to take turns	· Listening comprehension · Answering questions · Turn taking · Discussions	· Text books · Audio tapes · charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 8 · Teachers Book page 69-70 · Excelling in English book 4 page 121 · New integrated English book 4 page 146
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Interpretive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage interpretively so as to bring out emotions portrayed by the characters	· Reading a passage · Discussion · Responding to questions	· Pre-reading extracts · Text books · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 84-85 · Teachers Book page 71 · Gateway secondary revision book page 37-40
	3	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Answer questions based on the passage	· Reading a passage · Answering questions · Discussion	· Text books · Pre-reading extracts · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 85-89 · Teachers Book page 71-72
	4	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new vocabulary · Infer meaning of the vocabulary · Demonstrate the ability to use the vocabulary	· Reading the vocabulary · Discussion · Word studying · Writing	· Text books · Pre-reading extracts · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 85-89 · Teachers Book page 71-72 · Gateway secondary revision book page 55-71
	5	GRAMMAR	Participle phrases	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Use Participle phrases to modify nouns · Fill in gaps using Participle phrases	· Reading vocabulary · Discussion · Word studying · Writing ·	· Text books · Dictionary · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 89-91 · Teachers Book page 72-73 · Excelling in English book 4 page 115-117 · New integrated English book 4 page 67-70 · Gateway secondary revision book page 130-132
	6	WRITING	E-mails	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding features of an e-mail · Write an email using the correct layout	· Discussion · Writing E-mails · Responding to questions asked	· Text books · Computer · Sample e-mails	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 92-93 · Teachers Book page 73 · Excelling in English book 4 page 115-59-60 · New integrated English book 4 page 134 · Gateway secondary revision book page 176
	7 & 8	READING	Intensive reading Optional set texts	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Discuss Plot Characterization Themes style	· Discussion · Note taking	· Prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· Optional set texts
10	1	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension ‘impromptu speech’	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen keenly to the passage · Answer questions based on the passage · Prepare and present an impromptu speech	· Listen to impromptu speeches · Presentation · Discussion · Writing	· Text books · Audio tapes	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 94-95 · Teachers Book page 75
	2	STUDY SKILLS	Intensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the passage carefully · Answer questions based on the passage · Extend and consolidate their vocabulary	· Intensive reading · Answering questions · Discussion	· Pre-reading extracts · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 95-96 · Teachers Book page 76
	3 & 4	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage · Identify stylistic devices used · Answer questions based on the passage	· Reading comprehension · Answering questions · Discussion	· Pre-reading extracts · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 96-99 · Teachers Book page 76-77
	5	GRAMMAR WRITING	Revision (test)	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Answer grammar questions correctly · Write a recipe using the correct format	· Writing answers · Discussion · Responding to questions ·	· Magazines · Text books · Flash cards · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 99-100 · Teachers Book page 78-80 · Excelling in English book 4 page 39 · New integrated English book 4 page 39 · Gateway secondary revision book page 74-146
	6	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening comprehension ‘impromptu speech’	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen keenly to the passage · Answer questions based on the passage · Discuss how children’s rights are violated and give solutions	· Listening · Discussion · Writing · responding to questions asked	· Text books · Audio tapes · Newspapers	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 101 · Teachers Book page 81-82
	7 & 8	READING	Intensive reading Optional set texts	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Discuss Plot Characterization Themes style in the optional set texts	· Discussion · Note taking	· Prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· Optional set texts
11	1	STUDY SKILLS	Tone & attitude in a play	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify tone · Identify attitude of characters in a play	· Role playing · Discussing tone and attitude · Writing · Responding to answers	· Audio tapes · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 101-103 · Teachers Book page 82-83 · Gateway secondary revision book page 50
	2	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage carefully · Answer questions based on the passage	· Reading comprehension · Answering questions · Discussion	· Pre-reading extracts · Text books · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 103-106 Teachers Book page 83
	3	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Infer meaning of the vocabulary · Extend and consolidate vocabulary	· Reading vocabulary · Discussion of new words · Filling in the crossword puzzle	· Text books · Dictionary · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 103-106 · Teachers Book page 83
	4	GRAMMAR	Gerunds	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify gerund used in sentences · Turn verbs into gerunds · Complete sentences with gerunds	· Gap filling · Discussion · Writing	· Text books Flash cards	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 106-108 · Teachers Book page 83-84 · Gateway secondary revision book page 176
	5	WRITING	E-mails	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Write and send an email applying for the post of a librarian	· Discussion · Writing E-mails · Responding to questions	· Text books · A Computer connected to the internet · Sample e-mails · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 108-109 · Teachers Book page 83-84 · Gateway secondary revision book page 176
	6	LISTENING AND SPEAKING	Listening to a song	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Listen keenly to the song · Answer questions based on the song · Identify the use of hyperbole in the sun · Act out issues in the song	· Listening to songs · Adding songs · Discussion · Writing · responding to questions asked	· Text books · Audio tapes · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 110 · Teachers Book page 85-86
	7 & 8	READING	Intensive reading Optional set texts	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Characterization Plot Themes style in the optional set texts	· Discussion · Note taking	· Prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· Optional set texts
12	1	STUDY SKILLS	Style in oral narratives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read the oral narrative · Identify the use of song, opening formula, repetition, dialogue and suspense	· Reading oral narratives · Identify style · Discussion · Note taking	Sample song and opening formula Text books Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 111-113 · Teachers Book page 86 · Gateway secondary revision book page 11-30
	2	READING	Reading comprehension	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Read a passage carefully · Answer questions based on the passage	· Reading passage · Discussion · Answering questions from the passage · Writing	· Pre-reading texts · Text books	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 113-117 Teachers Book page 87
	3	READING	Building vocabulary	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify new vocabulary · Infer meaning of the vocabulary · Extend and consolidate a wide range of vocabulary	· Reading vocabulary words · Discussion	· Text books · Dictionary	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 113-117 · Teachers Book page 87
	4	GRAMMAR	Endings of adjectives	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Identify typical endings of adjectives · Use them to form adjectives · Use adjectives in sentences	· Gap filling · Discussion · Writing · Asking and answering questions	· Extracts from set books · Text books · Flash cards · Charts	· Advancing in English Book 4students book Page 117-119 · Teachers Book page 89 · Gateway secondary revision book page 116-117 · Excelling in English book 4 page 6 · New integrated English book 4 page 223
	5	WRITING	Faxes	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: · Demonstrate the understanding of the feature of a fax · Write a fax using the recommended format	· Discussion · Writing faxes · Responding to questions asked	· Text books · Fax machine · Sample fax	· Advancing in English Book 4 students book Page 119 · Teachers Book page 90 · New integrated English book 4 page 134
	6 & 7	READING	Intensive reading	By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: Analyze and discuss Characterization Plot Themes style in the optional set texts	· reading set texts · Discussion · Note taking	· Prescribed set texts · Audio tapes · Video tapes	· Optional set texts	Intensive reading Optional set texts
13		REVISION AND PRE_MOCK EXAMINATIONS